TWI826695B - Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI826695B
TWI826695B TW109118615A TW109118615A TWI826695B TW I826695 B TWI826695 B TW I826695B TW 109118615 A TW109118615 A TW 109118615A TW 109118615 A TW109118615 A TW 109118615A TW I826695 B TWI826695 B TW I826695B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
mass
less
ring
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW109118615A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202104304A (en
Inventor
山川朋子
利光恵理子
Original Assignee
日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202104304A publication Critical patent/TW202104304A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI826695B publication Critical patent/TWI826695B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/22Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of auxiliary dielectric or reflective layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種綠色光之遮光性良好,撥墨水性較高,能夠形成高精細之阻隔壁之感光性著色樹脂組合物。本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物係含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(B)光聚合起始劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)撥液劑、及(E)著色劑者,且上述(D)撥液劑含有具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂,上述(E)著色劑含有紫色顏料,且上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為45質量%以上。The present invention provides a photosensitive colored resin composition that has good green light shielding properties, high ink repellency, and can form high-definition barrier ribs. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) photopolymerization initiator, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) liquid repellent, and (E) colorant , and the above-mentioned (D) liquid repellent contains a fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linked group, the above-mentioned (E) colorant contains a purple pigment, and the content ratio of the above-mentioned purple pigment in the above-mentioned (E) colorant is 45% by mass. above.

Description

感光性著色樹脂組合物、硬化物、阻隔壁及圖像顯示裝置Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device

本發明係關於一種感光性著色樹脂組合物,進而係關於一種使感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化而成之硬化物、由硬化物構成之阻隔壁、或具備阻隔壁之圖像顯示裝置。 將2019年7月22日向日本專利廳提出申請之日本專利特願2019-134426之說明書、申請專利範圍、圖式及摘要之全部內容、以及本說明書中引用之文獻等中揭示之內容之一部分或全部引用於此處,作為本說明書之揭示內容而採用。The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, and further relates to a cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition, a barrier rib composed of the cured product, or an image display device provided with a barrier rib. Part of the contents disclosed in the specification, patent scope, drawings and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-134426 filed with the Japan Patent Office on July 22, 2019, as well as the documents cited in this specification, or All are cited here and adopted as the disclosure content of this specification.

於先前之顯示器中,多使用利用有機顏料形成紅色、綠色、藍色之像素之彩色濾光片。 近年來,為了顯示器之低消耗電力化或廣色域化,研究使用量子點等發光性奈米結晶粒子形成像素之彩色濾光片。具體而言,已知有具有包含紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子之紅色像素、包含綠色發光性之奈米結晶粒子之綠色像素、及使來自光源之藍色光透過之藍色像素者。In previous displays, color filters using organic pigments to form red, green, and blue pixels were often used. In recent years, in order to achieve low power consumption or wide color gamut of displays, color filters using luminescent nanocrystalline particles such as quantum dots to form pixels have been studied. Specifically, it is known to have a red pixel including red luminescent nanocrystal particles, a green pixel including green luminescent nanocrystal particles, and a blue pixel that transmits blue light from a light source.

作為彩色濾光片之製造方法,有光微影法與噴墨法,已知後者可降低墨水材料之損耗(例如參照專利文獻1)。 於藉由噴墨法製造包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片之情形時,向被預先製作之阻隔壁包圍之區域(像素部)噴出墨水而形成像素。因此,對於阻隔壁,必須防止鄰接之像素部間之墨水彼此之混合等,要求具有較高之撥墨水性。As methods for manufacturing color filters, there are photolithography methods and inkjet methods, and it is known that the latter can reduce the loss of ink materials (see, for example, Patent Document 1). When a color filter containing luminescent nanocrystal particles is manufactured by the inkjet method, ink is ejected into a region (pixel portion) surrounded by a pre-made barrier rib to form a pixel. Therefore, the barrier ribs must prevent inks from being mixed between adjacent pixel portions, and are required to have high ink repellency.

作為形成具有撥墨水性之阻隔壁之材料,於專利文獻2中,記載有包含特定之鹼可溶性樹脂與黑色有機顏料,且固形物成分酸值為特定範圍之感光性著色樹脂組合物。 又,於專利文獻3中,記載有包含特定之樹脂與著色劑之感光性著色樹脂組合物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As a material for forming a barrier rib with ink repellency, Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a specific alkali-soluble resin and a black organic pigment, and having an acid value of a solid component within a specific range. Moreover, Patent Document 3 describes a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a specific resin and a colorant. [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2019-086745號公報 [專利文獻2]國際公開第WO2013/069789號 [專利文獻3]國際公開第WO2017/057281號[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-086745 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. WO2013/069789 [Patent Document 3] International Publication No. WO2017/057281

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

藉由本發明者等人之研究,可知存在以下情形:於具備包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之像素之彩色濾光片中,會因自綠色像素發出之綠色光激發鄰接之紅色像素之紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子而使之發光,圖像顯示裝置之色再現性惡化。因此,研究於用以形成阻隔壁之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,使用紫色顏料作為著色劑以遮蔽綠色光,結果撥墨水性與阻隔壁之高精細化之兼顧變得困難。Through studies by the present inventors, it has been found that in a color filter having pixels containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles, the green light emitted from the green pixel excites the red luminescence of the adjacent red pixel. Nano crystal particles cause them to emit light, and the color reproducibility of the image display device deteriorates. Therefore, studies have been conducted on using a purple pigment as a colorant in a photosensitive colored resin composition for forming a barrier rib to block green light. As a result, it has become difficult to achieve both ink repellency and high definition of the barrier rib.

專利文獻2中記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物中不包含紫色顏料。另一方面,專利文獻3中記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物中不包含紫色顏料與撥液劑之兩者。The photosensitive colored resin composition described in Patent Document 2 does not contain a purple pigment. On the other hand, the photosensitive colored resin composition described in Patent Document 3 does not contain both the purple pigment and the liquid repellent agent.

因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種綠色光之遮光性良好,撥墨水性較高,能夠形成高精細之阻隔壁之感光性著色樹脂組合物。 又,本發明之目的在於提供一種使綠色光之遮光性良好,撥墨水性較高,能夠形成高精細之阻隔壁之感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化而成之硬化物,由硬化物構成之阻隔壁,及具備阻隔壁之圖像顯示裝置。 [解決問題之技術手段]Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition that has good green light shielding properties, high ink repellency, and can form high-definition barrier ribs. Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a cured product formed by curing a photosensitive colored resin composition that has good green light shielding properties, high ink repellency, and can form high-definition barrier ribs, and a barrier composed of the cured product. Walls, and image display devices with barrier walls. [Technical means to solve problems]

本發明者等人進行銳意研究,結果發現,於含有特定之撥液劑之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,將著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率設為特定範圍,藉此可解決上述課題,從而完成本發明。 即,本發明之主旨如下所述。The present inventors conducted intensive research and found that the above problems can be solved by setting the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant to a specific range in a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a specific liquid repellent agent. Thus, the present invention is completed. That is, the gist of this invention is as follows.

[1]一種感光性著色樹脂組合物,其特徵在於,其係含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(B)光聚合起始劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)撥液劑、及(E)著色劑者,且 上述(D)撥液劑含有具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂, 上述(E)著色劑含有紫色顏料,且 上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為45質量%以上。[1] A photosensitive colored resin composition characterized by containing (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a liquid repellent agent, and (E) colorants, and The above-mentioned (D) liquid repellent contains a fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group, The colorant (E) above contains a purple pigment, and The content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (E) is 45% by mass or more.

[2]如[1]中記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上。 [3]如[1]或[2]中記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述紫色顏料為C.I.顏料紫23及/或C.I.顏料紫29。 [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(E)著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中為20質量%以下。[2] The photosensitive colored resin composition according to [1], wherein the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (E) is 50 mass % or more. [3] The photosensitive colored resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the purple pigment is C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and/or C.I. Pigment Violet 29. [4] The photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the content ratio of the colorant (E) is 20 mass in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. %the following.

[5]一種硬化物,其係使如[1]至[4]中任一項記載之感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化而成。 [6]一種阻隔壁,其係由如[5]中記載之硬化物構成。 [7]一種圖像顯示裝置,其具備如[6]中記載之阻隔壁。 [發明之效果][5] A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4]. [6] A barrier wall composed of the hardened material described in [5]. [7] An image display device provided with the barrier wall as described in [6]. [Effects of the invention]

藉由本發明可提供一種綠色光之遮光性良好,撥墨水性較高,能夠形成高精細之阻隔壁之感光性著色樹脂組合物。The present invention can provide a photosensitive colored resin composition that has good green light shielding properties, high ink repellency, and can form high-definition barrier ribs.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。再者,以下之記載為本發明之實施方式之一例,本發明只要不超出其主旨則並不限定於該等。 再者,於本發明中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,意指「丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸之任一者或兩者」,又,所謂「總固形物成分」,意指感光性著色樹脂組合物中之溶劑以外之總成分。進而,於本發明中,使用「~」表示之數值範圍意指包含「~」之前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值之範圍。 又,於本發明中,所謂「(共)聚合物」,意指包含均聚物(homopolymer)與共聚物(copolymer)之兩者,又,所謂「(酸)酐」、「酸(酐)」,意指包含酸與其酐之兩者。 於本發明中,所謂阻隔壁材,係指障壁(bank)材、壁材、牆(wall)材,同樣地,所謂阻隔壁,係指障壁、壁、牆。 於本發明中,所謂重量平均分子量,係指藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)所得之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)。 於本發明中,所謂酸值,只要無特別說明,則表示有效固形物成分換算之酸值,藉由中和滴定而算出。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, the following description is an example of embodiment of this invention, and this invention is not limited to these as long as it does not deviate from the summary. Furthermore, in the present invention, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "either or both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid", and "total solid content" means photosensitive colored resin. The total ingredients in a composition other than solvents. Furthermore, in the present invention, the numerical range represented by "~" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In addition, in the present invention, the so-called "(co)polymer" means both a homopolymer (homopolymer) and a copolymer (copolymer), and the so-called "(acid)anhydride" and "acid (anhydride) ” means both the acid and its anhydride. In the present invention, the so-called barrier wall material refers to a bank material, a wall material, and a wall material. Similarly, the so-called barrier wall material refers to a barrier wall, a wall, and a wall. In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene obtained by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). In the present invention, the acid value means an acid value in terms of effective solid content, unless otherwise specified, and is calculated by neutralization titration.

於本發明中,所謂阻隔壁,係包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片中之用以劃分像素部者,係用於藉由對所劃分之區域噴出墨水並加以乾燥而形成像素者。In the present invention, barrier ribs are those used to divide pixel portions in color filters containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles, and are used to form pixels by ejecting ink into the divided areas and drying them. .

[1]感光性著色樹脂組合物 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(B)光聚合起始劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)撥液劑、及(E)著色劑作為必須成分,進而視需要可包含其他成分,例如可包含溶劑或鏈轉移劑。[1] Photosensitive colored resin composition The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) photopolymerization initiator, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) liquid repellent agent, and (E) colorant as essential components ingredients, and optionally other ingredients, such as solvents or chain transfer agents.

[1-1]感光性著色樹脂組合物之成分及組成 依序對構成本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物之成分及其組成進行說明。[1-1] Components and composition of photosensitive colored resin composition The components constituting the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention and their composition will be described in order.

[1-1-1](A)成分:乙烯性不飽和化合物 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物。可認為,藉由含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物,塗膜之硬化性提昇,又,撥墨水性提高。 作為此處所使用之乙烯性不飽和化合物,意指於分子內具有1個以上之乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,就聚合性、交聯性、及可擴大伴隨其之曝光部與非曝光部之顯影液溶解性之差異等方面而言,較佳為於分子內具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物。又,乙烯性不飽和鍵較佳為來自(甲基)丙烯醯氧基者。即,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,進而較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。[1-1-1] (A) Component: Ethylenically unsaturated compound The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. It is considered that by containing (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound, the curability of the coating film is improved, and the ink repellency is also improved. The ethylenically unsaturated compound used here means a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule, which has polymerizability, cross-linkability, and the ability to expand the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion associated therewith. In view of the difference in solubility of the developer, etc., a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule is preferred. Moreover, the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably derived from a (meth)acryloxy group. That is, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound is more preferred.

於本發明中,尤其理想為使用於1分子中具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和鍵之多官能乙烯性單體。多官能乙烯性單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基之數並無特別限定,較佳為2以上、更佳為3以上、進而較佳為5以上,又,較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下、進而較佳為8以下、尤佳為7以下。例如為2~15、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~8、進而較佳為5~7以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在聚合性提高,撥墨水性變高之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性變得更加良好之傾向。 作為乙烯性不飽和化合物之具體例,可列舉:脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;芳香族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;藉由脂肪族聚羥基化合物、芳香族聚羥基化合物等多元羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸及多元羧酸之酯化反應所得之酯等。In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a polyfunctional vinyl monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds per molecule. The number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably It is 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, especially 7 or less. For example, it is 2-15, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-8, Still more preferably, it is 5-7 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the polymerizability tends to be improved and the ink repellency becomes higher. When the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the developability tends to become better. Specific examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds include: esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; Esters obtained by the esterification reaction of polyhydric hydroxyl compounds such as hydroxyl compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids.

作為上述脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可列舉:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、甘油丙烯酸酯等脂肪族聚羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯、將上述之例示化合物之丙烯酸酯之一部分或全部替換為甲基丙烯酸酯而成之甲基丙烯酸酯、將上述之例示化合物之丙烯酸酯之一部分或全部替換為伊康酸酯而成之伊康酸酯、將上述之例示化合物之丙烯酸酯之一部分或全部替換為丁烯酸酯而成之丁烯酸酯、將上述之例示化合物之丙烯酸酯之一部分或全部替換為順丁烯二酸酯而成之順丁烯二酸酯等。Examples of esters of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and unsaturated carboxylic acid include: ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. Acrylic acid esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds such as ester, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glyceryl acrylate, etc. Methacrylate obtained by replacing part or all of the acrylate ester of the above-mentioned example compound with methacrylate, Iconate ester obtained by replacing part or all of the acrylate ester of the above-mentioned example compound with itaconate, A crotonic acid ester obtained by replacing part or all of the acrylic acid ester of the above-mentioned exemplary compound with a crotonic acid ester. A ciscrylic acid ester obtained by replacing part or all of the acrylic acid ester of the above-mentioned exemplary compound with a maleic acid ester. Butenedioate, etc.

作為芳香族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可列舉:對苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、對苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、鄰苯三酚三丙烯酸酯等芳香族聚羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。 作為藉由脂肪族聚羥基化合物、芳香族聚羥基化合物等多元羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸及多元羧酸之酯化反應所得之酯,未必為單一物,若列舉代表性之具體例,則可列舉:丙烯酸、鄰苯二甲酸、及乙二醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、及二乙二醇之縮合物;甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸及季戊四醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油之縮合物等。Examples of esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include: hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, and resorcin dimethyl Acrylates, pyrogallol triacrylate and other aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as acrylates and methacrylates. The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of a polyhydric hydroxy compound such as an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an aromatic polyhydroxy compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a polyhydric carboxylic acid is not necessarily a single substance. If representative specific examples are given, Examples: condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol; condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol; condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol; acrylic acid, Condensates of adipic acid, butylene glycol and glycerol, etc.

此外,作為本發明中使用之多官能乙烯性單體之例,有用的是:如使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或聚異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇及含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應所得之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類;如多元環氧化合物與羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸之加成反應物之環氧丙烯酸酯類;伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯等烯丙酯類;鄰苯二甲酸二乙烯酯等含有乙烯基之化合物等。 作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,例如可列舉:DPHA-40H、UX-5000、UX-5002D-P20、UX-5003D、UX-5005(日本化藥公司製造)、U-2PPA、U-6LPA、U-10PA、U-33H、UA-53H、UA-32P、UA-1100H(新中村化學工業公司製造)、UA-306H、UA-510H、UF-8001G(共榮社化學公司製造)、UV-1700B、UV-7600B、UV-7605B、UV-7630B、UV-7640B(三菱化學公司製造)等。Examples of the polyfunctional vinyl monomer used in the present invention include a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, or a polyisocyanate compound and a polyol and a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate. (meth)acrylic urethanes obtained by reacting hydroxyl)acrylates; such as epoxy acrylates which are the addition reactants of polyvalent epoxy compounds and hydroxyl (meth)acrylates or (meth)acrylic acid; Acrylamides such as ethylenebisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate. Examples of the (meth)acrylic urethanes include: DPHA-40H, UX-5000, UX-5002D-P20, UX-5003D, UX-5005 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), U-2PPA, U-6LPA, U-10PA, U-33H, UA-53H, UA-32P, UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-510H, UF-8001G (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ), UV-1700B, UV-7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7630B, UV-7640B (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), etc.

該等之中,就阻隔壁之對基材之密接性與撥墨水性之觀點而言,作為(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物,較佳為使用脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯或(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,更佳為使用二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2,2-三(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯之二元酸酐加成物、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯之二元酸酐加成物等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Among them, from the viewpoint of the adhesion of the barrier to the substrate and the ink repellency, as (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound, it is preferable to use an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid. Or (meth)acrylic urethanes, preferably dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, or 2,2,2-tris(meth)acryloxy Methyl ethyl phthalic acid, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate dibasic anhydride adduct, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate ) Dibasic acid anhydride adduct of acrylate, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

於本發明中,(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之分子量並無特別限定,就撥墨水性、形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之觀點而言,較佳為100以上、更佳為150以上、進而較佳為200以上、進而更佳為300以上、尤佳為400以上、最佳為500以上,且較佳為1000以下、更佳為700以下。例如為100~1000、較佳為150~1000、更佳為200~1000、進而較佳為300~700、進而更佳為400~700、尤佳為500~700。 又,(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之碳數並無特別限定,就撥墨水性、殘渣抑制之觀點而言,較佳為7以上、更佳為10以上、進而較佳為15以上、進而更佳為20以上、尤佳為25以上,且較佳為50以下、更佳為40以下、進而較佳為35以下、尤佳為30以下。例如為7~50、較佳為10~40、更佳為15~35、進而較佳為20~35、尤佳為25~30以上。 又,就撥墨水性、形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之觀點而言,較佳為酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、及(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,其中,季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能以上之酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、2,2,2-三(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯之二元酸酐加成物等對3官能以上之酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之酸酐之加成物就撥墨水性、形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之方面而言進而較佳。In the present invention, the molecular weight of (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ink repellency and formation of high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths, it is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, more preferably 300 or more, especially 400 or more, most preferably 500 or more, and preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 700 or less. For example, it is 100-1000, Preferably it is 150-1000, More preferably, it is 200-1000, Still more preferably, it is 300-700, Still more preferably, it is 400-700, Especially preferably, it is 500-700. Moreover, the carbon number of (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ink repellency and residue suppression, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, further preferably 15 or more, and still more preferably More preferably, it is 20 or more, especially preferably 25 or more, and it is more preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, still more preferably 35 or less, especially 30 or less. For example, it is 7 to 50, preferably 10 to 40, more preferably 15 to 35, still more preferably 20 to 35, particularly preferably 25 to 30 or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ink repellency and formation of high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths, ester (meth)acrylates, epoxy (meth)acrylates, and (meth)acrylates are preferred. Acrylic urethanes, among which pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, etc. have more than three functions Esters of (meth)acrylates, 2,2,2-tris(meth)acryloyloxymethylethyl phthalic acid, and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate dibasic acid anhydride adducts The adducts of acid anhydrides of trifunctional or higher ester (meth)acrylates are even better in terms of ink repellency and formation of high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中通常為1質量%以上、較佳為5質量%以上、更佳為10質量%以上、進而較佳為15質量%以上、尤佳為20質量%以上,且通常為80質量%以下、較佳為60質量%以下、更佳為40質量%以下、進而較佳為30質量%以下。例如,於總固形物成分中為1~80質量%、較佳為5~80質量%、更佳為10~60質量%、進而較佳為15~40質量%、尤佳為20~30質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。The content ratio of (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 mass % or more, preferably 5 mass % or more, and more preferably 5 mass % or more in the total solid content. It is 10 mass % or more, more preferably 15 mass % or more, especially 20 mass % or more, and usually 80 mass % or less, preferably 60 mass % or less, more preferably 40 mass % or less, still more preferably It is 30 mass% or less. For example, the total solid content is 1 to 80 mass%, preferably 5 to 80 mass%, more preferably 10 to 60 mass%, further preferably 15 to 40 mass%, and particularly preferably 20 to 30 mass%. %. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

又,相對於(C)鹼可溶性樹脂100質量份之(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率並無特別限定,通常為1質量份以上、較佳為5質量份以上、更佳為10質量份以上、進而較佳為15質量份以上、進而更佳為20質量份以上、尤佳為25質量份以上、最佳為30質量份以上,且通常為150質量份以下、較佳為100質量份以下、更佳為70質量份以下、進而較佳為50質量份以下、尤佳為40質量份以下。例如為1~150質量份、較佳為5~150質量份、更佳為10~100質量份、進而較佳為15~100質量份、進而更佳為20~70質量份、尤佳為25~50質量份、最佳為30~40質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。Moreover, the content ratio of the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound relative to 100 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin (C) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 part by mass or more, preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 10 parts by mass. parts by mass or more, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, especially 25 parts by mass or more, most preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and usually 150 parts by mass or less, preferably 100 parts by mass parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 40 parts by mass or less. For example, it is 1 to 150 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 150 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass, still more preferably 15 to 100 parts by mass, still more preferably 20 to 70 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 25 ~50 parts by mass, preferably 30-40 parts by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

[1-1-2](B)成分:光聚合起始劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(B)光聚合起始劑。(B)光聚合起始劑只要為藉由活性光線使(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物進行聚合,例如使(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物所具有之乙烯性不飽和鍵進行聚合之化合物則並無特別限定。[1-1-2] (B) Component: Photopolymerization initiator The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (B) a photopolymerization initiator. (B) The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that polymerizes the ethylenically unsaturated compound (A) by active light, for example, the ethylenically unsaturated bond of the ethylenically unsaturated compound (A). No special restrictions.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物可使用該領域中通常使用之光聚合起始劑作為(B)光聚合起始劑。作為此種光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:日本專利特開昭59-152396號公報、日本專利特開昭61-151197號公報中記載之包含二茂鈦化合物之茂金屬化合物;日本專利特開2000-56118號公報中記載之六芳基聯咪唑衍生物類;日本專利特開平10-39503號公報中記載之鹵甲基化㗁二唑衍生物類、鹵甲基-均三𠯤衍生物類、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑、α-胺基苯烷酮衍生物類;日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特開2006-36750號公報等中記載之肟酯系化合物等。The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can use a photopolymerization initiator commonly used in this field as the (B) photopolymerization initiator. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 59-152396 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 61-151197; Hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-56118; Halomethylated tetrazole derivatives and halomethyl-mesotrioxadiazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-39503 Free radical activity such as N-aryl-α-amino acids, N-phenylglycine and other N-aryl-α-amino acids, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, etc. agents, α-aminophenanone derivatives; oxime ester compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-36750, etc.

具體而言,例如作為茂金屬化合物,可列舉:二環戊二烯基二氯化鈦、二環戊二烯基鈦聯苯、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,5,6-四氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,4,6-三氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,4-二氟苯基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、二環戊二烯基[2,6-二-氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)-苯基]鈦等。Specifically, examples of metallocene compounds include: dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium biphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl bis(2,3,4,5, 6-pentafluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl)titanium )Titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,4-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl) )bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, dicyclopentadienyl[ 2,6-Di-fluoro-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-phenyl]titanium, etc.

又,作為聯咪唑衍生物類,可列舉:2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-雙(3'-甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、(4'-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物等。Moreover, examples of biimidazole derivatives include: 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5- Bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl) )-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, etc.

又,作為鹵甲基化㗁二唑衍生物類,可列舉:2-三氯甲基-5-(2'-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-(6''-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-㗁二唑等。Furthermore, examples of halomethylated ethadiazole derivatives include: 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuranyl)-1,3,4-ethadiazole, 2-trichloro Methyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuranyl)vinyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6' '-Benzofuryl)vinyl)]-1,3,4-ethadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4-ethadiazole, etc.

又,作為鹵甲基-均三𠯤衍生物類,可列舉:2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤等。In addition, examples of halomethyl-mesosine derivatives include: 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-mesosine, 2-(4- Methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-mesotriene, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-mesotriene , 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-mesotriene, etc.

又,作為α-胺基苯烷酮衍生物類,可列舉:2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-𠰌啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、4-二乙胺基苯乙酮、4-二甲胺基苯丙酮、1,4-二甲胺基苯甲酸2-乙基己酯、2,5-雙(4-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、7-二乙胺基-3-(4-二乙胺基苯甲醯基)香豆素、4-(二乙胺基)查耳酮等。Also, examples of α-aminophenanone derivatives include: 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-𠰌linylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl Benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-𠰌linylphenyl)-butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-𠰌linylphenyl)butanone Alkane-1-one, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isopentyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 1, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino-3-(4-diethylamine) Benzyl benzyl) coumarin, 4-(diethylamino) chalcone, etc.

作為光聚合起始劑,尤其就感度或製版性之方面而言,有效的是肟酯系化合物,使用包含酚性羥基之鹼可溶性樹脂之情形等就感度之方面而言變得不利,故而尤其是此種感度優異之肟酯系化合物有用。肟酯系化合物同時具有於其結構中吸收紫外線之結構、傳達光能之結構及產生自由基之結構,故而少量即感度較高,且對熱反應穩定,能夠以少量獲得高感度之感光性著色樹脂組合物。As a photopolymerization initiator, oxime ester-based compounds are particularly effective in terms of sensitivity and plate-making properties. The use of alkali-soluble resins containing phenolic hydroxyl groups is disadvantageous in terms of sensitivity, so it is particularly effective. This type of oxime ester compound with excellent sensitivity is useful. Oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet rays, transmits light energy, and generates free radicals. Therefore, a small amount of the compound has high sensitivity and is stable to thermal reactions. It can obtain high-sensitivity photosensitive coloring with a small amount. Resin composition.

作為肟酯系化合物,例如可列舉下述通式(IV)所表示之化合物。Examples of the oxime ester compound include compounds represented by the following general formula (IV).

[化1] [Chemical 1]

於上述式(IV)中,R21a 表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R21b 表示包含芳香環之任意之取代基。 R22a 表示可具有取代基之烷醯基、或可具有取代基之芳醯基。 n表示0或1之整數。In the above formula (IV), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. R 21b represents an optional substituent containing an aromatic ring. R 22a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. n represents an integer of 0 or 1.

R21a 中之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為1以上、較佳為2以上,又,通常為20以下、較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~15、更佳為2~10。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基乙基等。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基)乙氧基-2-甲基苯基或N-乙醯基-N-乙醯氧基胺基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 21a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 15. below, preferably below 10. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 2-10. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, and the like. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: aromatic ring group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, amino group, amide group, 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl)ethoxy-2 -Methylphenyl or N-acetyl-N-acetyloxyamine group, etc. are preferably unsubstituted from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.

作為R21a 中之芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基及芳香族雜環基。芳香族環基之碳數並無特別限定,就於感光性著色樹脂組合物中之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為5以上。又,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為12以下。例如為5~30、較佳為5~20、更佳為5~12。Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 21a include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility in the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is preferably 5 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 12 or less. For example, it is 5-30, Preferably it is 5-20, More preferably, it is 5-12.

作為芳香族環基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、萘基、吡啶基、呋喃基等,該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基、烷氧基、該等取代基連結而成之基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為烷基、烷氧基、將該等連結而成之基,更佳為經連結之烷氧基。 該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,R21a 較佳為可具有取代基之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。Specific examples of the aromatic ring group include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, furyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, phenyl or naphthyl is preferred, and more preferred is phenyl or naphthyl. phenyl. Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include: hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, amine group, amide group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, a group formed by linking these substituents, etc., in terms of developability From a viewpoint, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a group obtained by linking these is preferable, and a linked alkoxy group is more preferable. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 21a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.

又,作為R21b ,較佳為列舉可經取代之咔唑基、可經取代之9-氧硫𠮿基或可經取代之二苯硫醚基。該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為可經取代之咔唑基、可經取代之二苯硫醚基,更佳為可經取代之咔唑基。Moreover, as R 21b , preferred examples include an optionally substituted carbazolyl group and an optionally substituted 9-oxysulfide group. group or optionally substituted diphenyl sulfide group. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, an optionally substituted carbazolyl group and an optionally substituted diphenyl sulfide group are preferred, and an optionally substituted carbazolyl group is more preferred.

又,R22a 中之烷醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為2以上、較佳為3以上,又,通常為20以下、較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下、進而較佳為5以下。例如為2~20、較佳為2~15、更佳為3~10、進而較佳為3~5。作為烷醯基之具體例,可列舉:乙醯基(acetyl)、乙醯基(ethynoyl)、丙醯基、丁醯基等。 作為烷醯基可具有之取代基,可列舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 3 or more. Preferably it is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 2-20, Preferably it is 2-15, More preferably, it is 3-10, Even more preferably, it is 3-5. Specific examples of the alkyl group include acetyl, ethynoyl, propyl, butyl and the like. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include aromatic ring groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, amide groups, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred.

又,R22a 中之芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就於溶劑中之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,通常為7以上、較佳為8以上,又,通常為20以下、較佳為15以下、更佳為10以下。例如為7~20、較佳為7~15、更佳為8~10。作為芳醯基之具體例,可列舉苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基等。 作為芳醯基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,R22a 較佳為可具有取代基之烷醯基,更佳為未經取代之烷醯基,進而較佳為乙醯基。In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the arylide group in R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity in a solvent, it is usually 7 or more, preferably 8 or more, and usually 20 or less, preferably 8 or more. Preferably it is 15 or less, and even more preferably it is 10 or less. For example, it is 7-20, Preferably it is 7-15, More preferably, it is 8-10. Specific examples of the arylyl group include benzyl group, naphthoyl group, and the like. Examples of substituents that the aryl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a amide group, an alkyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred. Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 22a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably an acetyl group.

光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 於光聚合起始劑中,視需要可以提高感應感度之目的調配對應於圖像曝光光源之波長之增感色素、聚合促進劑。作為增感色素,可列舉:日本專利特開平4-221958號公報、日本專利特開平4-219756號公報中記載之𠮿色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報中記載之具有雜環之香豆素色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報中記載之3-酮基香豆素化合物、日本專利特開平6-19240號公報中記載之吡咯亞甲基色素,此外可列舉:日本專利特開昭47-2528號公報、日本專利特開昭54-155292號公報、日本專利特公昭45-37377號公報、日本專利特開昭48-84183號公報、日本專利特開昭52-112681號公報、日本專利特開昭58-15503號公報、日本專利特開昭60-88005號公報、日本專利特開昭59-56403號公報、日本專利特開平2-69號公報、日本專利特開昭57-168088號公報、日本專利特開平5-107761號公報、日本專利特開平5-210240號公報、日本專利特開平4-288818號公報中記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨架之色素等。One type of photopolymerization initiator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. In the photopolymerization initiator, if necessary, a sensitizing pigment and a polymerization accelerator corresponding to the wavelength of the image exposure light source can be blended for the purpose of improving the sensitivity. Examples of sensitizing dyes include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-221958 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-219756. Pigment, Coumarin pigment having a heterocyclic ring described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-239703, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-289335, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 3-239703, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-289335 The 3-ketocoumarin compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-19240, the pyrromethene pigment described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-19240, and further examples include: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-155292, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-15503 , Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 60-88005, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-56403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-69, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 57-168088, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5- Pigments having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 107761, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-210240, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 4-288818.

該等增感色素之中,較佳為含有胺基之增感色素,更佳為於同一分子內具有胺基及苯基之化合物。作為較佳之增感色素,例如可列舉:4,4'-二甲胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二乙胺基二苯甲酮、2-胺基二苯甲酮、4-胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4-二胺基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并㗁唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)-1,3,4-㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)-1,3,4-噻二唑、(對二甲胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二甲胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二乙胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二甲胺基苯基)嘧啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)嘧啶等含有對二烷基胺基苯基之化合物等。該等之中,尤佳為4,4'-二烷基胺基二苯甲酮。 又,增感色素亦係可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Among these sensitizing dyes, a sensitizing dye containing an amine group is preferred, and a compound having an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule is more preferred. Preferred sensitizing dyes include, for example: 4,4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, 4- Aminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4-diaminobenzophenone and other benzophenone series Compound; 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzoethazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzoethazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[4, 5]benzoethazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[6,7]benzoethazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4 -Ozole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2 -(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p-Dimethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p-Dimethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-Dimethylaminophenyl)pyrimidine, (p-diethylaminophenyl) Aminophenyl) pyrimidine and other compounds containing p-dialkylaminophenyl. Among these, 4,4'-dialkylaminobenzophenone is particularly preferred. In addition, one type of sensitizing dye may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為聚合促進劑,例如使用:對二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、苯甲酸2-二甲胺基乙酯等芳香族胺、正丁基胺、N-甲基二乙醇胺等脂肪族胺等。聚合促進劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of polymerization accelerators used include aromatic amines such as p-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate and 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, and aliphatic amines such as n-butylamine and N-methyldiethanolamine. A polymerization accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(B)光聚合起始劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為0.01質量%以上、較佳為0.1質量%以上、更佳為1質量%以上、進而較佳為2質量%以上、尤佳為3質量%以上,且通常為25質量%以下、較佳為20質量%以下、更佳為15質量%以下、進而較佳為10質量%以下、進而更佳為7質量%以下、尤佳為5質量%以下。例如為0.01~25質量%、較佳為0.01~20質量%、更佳為0.1~15質量%、進而較佳為1~10質量%、進而更佳為2~7質量%、尤佳為3~5質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。The content ratio of (B) photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. It is usually 0.01 mass % or more in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is preferably It is 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, further preferably 2 mass% or more, especially 3 mass% or more, and usually 25 mass% or less, preferably 20 mass% or less, more preferably 15 mass % or less, more preferably 10 mass % or less, still more preferably 7 mass % or less, particularly preferably 5 mass % or less. For example, it is 0.01 to 25 mass%, preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass%, further preferably 1 to 10 mass%, still more preferably 2 to 7 mass%, and particularly preferably 3 ~5% by mass. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residue reduction.

又,作為感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(B)光聚合起始劑相對於(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之調配比,相對於(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為5質量份以上,進而較佳為10質量份以上,進而更佳為15質量份以上,尤佳為20質量份以上,又,較佳為200質量份以下,更佳為100質量份以下,進而較佳為50質量份以下,尤佳為30質量份以下。例如為1~200質量份、較佳為5~100質量份、更佳為10~50質量份、進而較佳為15~30質量份、尤佳為20~30質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Furthermore, as a compounding ratio of (B) photopolymerization initiator to (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is preferably: 1 mass part or more, more preferably 5 mass parts or more, further preferably 10 mass parts or more, still more preferably 15 mass parts or more, especially 20 mass parts or more, and preferably 200 mass parts or less, more preferably It is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or less. For example, it is 1 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, further preferably 15 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 20 to 30 parts by mass. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residue reduction.

又,較佳為與上述光聚合起始劑併用使用鏈轉移劑。作為鏈轉移劑,可列舉含有巰基之化合物、或四氯化碳等,就存在鏈轉移效果較高之傾向之方面而言,更佳為使用具有巰基之化合物。認為其原因在於,因S-H鍵結能較小而容易發生斷鍵,從而容易引起奪氫反應或鏈轉移反應。對感度提高或表面硬化性有效。Moreover, it is preferable to use a chain transfer agent together with the said photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the chain transfer agent include compounds containing a mercapto group, carbon tetrachloride, and the like. Since the chain transfer effect tends to be high, it is more preferable to use a compound containing a mercapto group. The reason is considered to be that the S-H bonding energy is small and bond breaking is easy to occur, thereby easily causing a hydrogen abstraction reaction or a chain transfer reaction. Effective for sensitivity improvement or surface hardening.

作為含有巰基之化合物,可列舉:2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并㗁唑、3-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、2-巰基-4(3H)-喹唑啉、β-巰基萘、1,4-二甲基巰基苯等具有芳香族環之含有巰基之化合物;己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙巰乙酸酯、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙巰乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三巰乙酸酯、三羥基乙基三硫代丙酸酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等脂肪族系之含有巰基之化合物、尤其是具有複數個巰基之化合物等。Examples of compounds containing mercapto groups include: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoethazole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-mercapto-4( 3H)-quinazoline, β-mercaptonaphthalene, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene and other mercapto group-containing compounds with aromatic rings; hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, butanediol bis(3-mercapto) propionate), butylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bis(mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate) , Trimethylolpropane Trimercaptoacetate, Trihydroxyethyl Trithiopropionate, Pentaerythritol Tetrakis (3-Mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol Tris (3-Mercaptopropionate), Butanediol Bis( 3-Mercaptobutyrate), Ethylene Glycol Bis(3-Mercaptobutyrate), Trimethylolpropane Tris(3-Mercaptobutyrate), Pentaerythritol Tetrakis(3-Mercaptobutyrate), Pentaerythritol Tris( 3-Mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione Such aliphatic compounds containing mercapto groups, especially compounds with multiple mercapto groups, etc.

其中較佳為,於具有芳香族環之含有巰基之化合物之中,較佳為2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑,於脂肪族系之含有巰基之化合物之中,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮。Among them, among the mercapto group-containing compounds having an aromatic ring, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferred, and among the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferred. Trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate) ), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤 -2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione.

又,就感度之方面而言,較佳為脂肪族系之含有巰基之化合物,具體而言,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮,更佳為季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In terms of sensitivity, aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds are preferred, and specifically, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate) are preferred. acid ester), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate) ), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, preferably pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate). These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

該等之中,就提高錐角之觀點而言,較佳為將選自由2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、及2-巰基苯并㗁唑所組成之群中之1種或2種以上與光聚合起始劑進行組合而用作光聚合起始劑系統。例如可使用2-巰基苯并噻唑,亦可使用2-巰基苯并咪唑,亦可併用2-巰基苯并噻唑與2-巰基苯并咪唑。 又,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為使用選自由季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)所組成之群中之1種或2種以上。進而,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為組合使用選自由2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、及2-巰基苯并㗁唑所組成之群中之1種或2種以上、選自由季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)所組成之群中之1種或2種以上、及光聚合起始劑。Among these, from the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle, one selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoethazole is preferred. Or two or more types are combined with a photopolymerization initiator and used as a photopolymerization initiator system. For example, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole may be used, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole may be used, or 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole may be used in combination. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use one or two or more types selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate). Furthermore, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use one or more types selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoethazole in combination. , one or more types selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), and a photopolymerization initiator.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之鏈轉移劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為0.01質量%以上、較佳為0.1質量%以上、更佳為0.5質量%以上、進而較佳為0.8質量%以上,且通常為5質量%以下、較佳為4質量%以下、更佳為3質量%以下、進而較佳為2質量%以下。例如為0.01~5質量%、較佳為0.1~4質量%、更佳為0.5~3質量%、進而較佳為0.8~2質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。The content ratio of the chain transfer agent in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. It is usually 0.01 mass % or more, preferably 0.1 mass % or more in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. , more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, further preferably 0.8 mass% or more, and usually 5 mass% or less, preferably 4 mass% or less, more preferably 3 mass% or less, still more preferably 2 mass% or less. . For example, it is 0.01 to 5 mass%, preferably 0.1 to 4 mass%, more preferably 0.5 to 3 mass%, and still more preferably 0.8 to 2 mass%. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

又,作為感光性著色樹脂組合物中之鏈轉移劑相對於(B)光聚合起始劑之含有比率,相對於(B)光聚合起始劑100質量份,較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為15質量份以上,尤佳為20質量份以上,又,較佳為500質量份以下,更佳為300質量份以下,進而較佳為100質量份以下,尤佳為50質量份以下。例如為5~500質量份、較佳為10~300質量份、更佳為15~100質量份、進而較佳為20~50質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。Furthermore, the content ratio of the chain transfer agent in the photosensitive colored resin composition relative to the (B) photopolymerization initiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more relative to 100 parts by mass of the (B) photopolymerization initiator. More preferably, it is 10 parts by mass or more, further preferably 15 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass. or less, particularly preferably 50 parts by mass or less. For example, it is 5-500 parts by mass, preferably 10-300 parts by mass, more preferably 15-100 parts by mass, and still more preferably 20-50 parts by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

[1-1-3](C)成分:鹼可溶性樹脂 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(C)鹼可溶性樹脂。於本發明中,作為(C)鹼可溶性樹脂,只要為能夠以鹼性顯影液進行顯影者則並無特別限定。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可列舉具有羧基或羥基之各種樹脂,就顯影性優異之觀點而言,較佳為具有羧基者。 又,就提高撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為具有乙烯性不飽和基之鹼可溶性樹脂。[1-1-3] (C) Component: Alkali-soluble resin The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (C) an alkali-soluble resin. In the present invention, (C) the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed with an alkaline developer. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include various resins having a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. From the viewpoint of excellent developability, those having a carboxyl group are preferred. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving ink repellency, an alkali-soluble resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred.

就撥墨水性之觀點而言,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為包含側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)(以下,存在簡稱為「丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)」之情形)。又,另一方面,就圖案之直線性之觀點而言,較佳為包含環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)。From the viewpoint of ink repellency, the alkali-soluble resin (C) of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably an acrylic copolymer resin (C11) containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain (hereinafter, abbreviated In the case of "acrylic copolymer resin (C11)"). On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the linearity of the pattern, it is preferable to contain epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12).

進而,就撥墨水性與直線性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為包含丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)與環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之兩者作為(C)鹼可溶性樹脂。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of balancing ink repellency and linearity, it is preferable to include both an acrylic copolymer resin (C11) and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) as the (C) alkali-soluble resin. .

首先,對丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)進行詳述。First, the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) will be described in detail.

[丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)] 丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基。認為藉由設為具有乙烯性不飽和基者,產生由曝光引起之光硬化而成為更加牢固之膜,於顯影時亦難以流出撥液劑,容易表現撥墨水性。[Acrylic copolymer resin (C11)] The acrylic copolymer resin (C11) has an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. It is considered that by having an ethylenically unsaturated group, photohardening due to exposure occurs and the film becomes stronger. The liquid-repellent agent is less likely to flow out during development, making it easier to express ink-repellent properties.

(通式(I)所表示之部分結構) 丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)所具有之包含具有乙烯性不飽和基之側鏈之部分結構並無特別限定,就與膜之柔軟性相符之自由基之發散容易性之觀點而言,例如較佳為具有下述通式(I)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (I)) The partial structure including a side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated group that the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) has is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the ease of dispersion of free radicals consistent with the flexibility of the film, for example, it is preferable It has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I).

[化2] [Chemicalization 2]

(式(I)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。*表示鍵結鍵)(In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. * represents a bond)

又,於上述式(I)所表示之部分結構之中,就感度或鹼性顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(I')所表示之部分結構。Moreover, among the partial structures represented by the above-mentioned formula (I), from the viewpoint of sensitivity or alkaline developability, a partial structure represented by the following general formula (I′) is preferred.

[化3] [Chemical 3]

(式(I')中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。RX 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基)(In formula (I'), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue)

所謂多元酸殘基,意指自多元酸或其酐去除1個OH基而成之1價之基。作為多元酸,可列舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. One of benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacteric acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Or 2 or more types. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and homogeneous acid. Promellitic acid, trimellitic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之結構單元之總莫耳數,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進而較佳為30莫耳%以上,進而更佳為40莫耳%以上,尤佳為50莫耳%以上,又,較佳為99莫耳%以下,更佳為95莫耳%以下,進而較佳為90莫耳%以下,進而更佳為80莫耳%以下,尤佳為70莫耳%以下。例如為10~99莫耳%、較佳為20~95莫耳%、更佳為30~90莫耳%、進而較佳為40~80莫耳%、進而更佳為50~70莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), the content ratio is not particularly limited. It is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 40 mol% or more, especially 50 mol% or more, and more preferably It is preferably 99 mol% or less, more preferably 95 mol% or less, still more preferably 90 mol% or less, still more preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 70 mol% or less. For example, it is 10 to 99 mol%, preferably 20 to 95 mol%, more preferably 30 to 90 mol%, further preferably 40 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 50 to 70 mol%. . By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(I')所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之結構單元之總莫耳數,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進而較佳為30莫耳%以上,進而更佳為40莫耳%以上,尤佳為50莫耳%以上,又,較佳為99莫耳%以下,更佳為95莫耳%以下,進而較佳為90莫耳%以下,進而更佳為80莫耳%以下,尤佳為70莫耳%以下。例如為10~99莫耳%、較佳為20~95莫耳%、更佳為30~90莫耳%、進而較佳為40~80莫耳%、進而更佳為50~70莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I'), the content ratio is not particularly limited, relative to the total molar number of structural units of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) , preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 40 mol% or more, particularly preferably 50 mol% or more, and, It is preferably 99 mol% or less, more preferably 95 mol% or less, still more preferably 90 mol% or less, still more preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 70 mol% or less. For example, it is 10 to 99 mol%, preferably 20 to 95 mol%, more preferably 30 to 90 mol%, further preferably 40 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 50 to 70 mol%. . By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

(通式(II)所表示之部分結構) 於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,此外所含之部分結構並無特別限定,就顯影密接性之觀點而言,例如較佳為進而具有下述通式(II)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (II)) When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), the contained partial structure is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of development adhesion, for example, it is preferable to further have A partial structure represented by the following general formula (II).

[化4] [Chemical 4]

於上述式(II)中,R3 表示氫原子或甲基,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基、或可具有取代基之烯基。In the above formula (II), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.

(R4 ) 於上述式(II)中,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基、或可具有取代基之烯基。 作為R4 中之烷基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,尤佳為8以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為3~16,進而更佳為5~14,尤佳為8~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度變高,顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。(R 4 ) In the above formula (II), R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group in R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, especially 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and further It is better to be below 14, and especially preferably below 12. For example, 1 to 20 is preferred, 1 to 18 is more preferred, 3 to 16 is still more preferred, 5 to 14 is more preferred, and 8 to 12 is particularly preferred. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, there exists a tendency that film strength becomes high and development adhesion improves, and by setting it below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基等。該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基或十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 又,作為烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, dodecyl and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, dicyclopentyl or dodecyl is preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. In addition, examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, phenyl group, Carboxyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R4 中之芳香族環基,可列舉1價之芳香族烴環基及1價之芳香族雜環基。其碳數較佳為6以上,又,較佳為24以下,更佳為22以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為18以下。例如為6~24、較佳為6~22、更佳為6~20、進而較佳為6~18。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。 作為芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環,例如可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等。 又,作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環,例如可列舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、苯并咪唑環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等。該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯環、或萘環,更佳為苯環。 又,作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 4 include a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, further preferably 20 or less, especially 18 or less. For example, it is 6-24, Preferably it is 6-22, More preferably, it is 6-20, Even more preferably, it is 6-18. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group can be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, and pyrene ring. , benzopyrene ring, ring, ternaryphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples thereof include: furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrrole ring, etc. Azole ring, imidazole ring, dioxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, Furanofuran ring, thienofuran ring, benzisinozole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, trisulfazone ring, quinoline ring, Isoquinoline ring, zeoline ring, quinoline ring, phenanthridine ring, benzimidazole ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred. Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, and epoxy groups. , oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R4 中之烯基,可列舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如為2~22、較佳為2~20、更佳為2~18、進而較佳為2~16、進而更佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkenyl group in R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, it is 2-22, Preferably it is 2-20, More preferably, it is 2-18, Still more preferably, it is 2-16, Even more preferably, it is 2-14. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

又,作為烯基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, phenyl group, From the viewpoint of developability, carboxyl groups and the like are preferably hydroxyl groups and oligoglycol groups.

如上所述,R4 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基、或可具有取代基之烯基,該等之中,就顯影性與膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為烷基或烯基,更佳為烷基。As mentioned above, R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability and film strength, An alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group is more preferred.

於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(II)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之結構單元之總莫耳數,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為5莫耳%以上,尤佳為10莫耳%以上,進而尤佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為70莫耳%以下,更佳為60莫耳%以下,進而較佳為50莫耳%以下,尤佳為40莫耳%以下。例如為1~70莫耳%、較佳為2~70莫耳%、更佳為5~60莫耳%、進而較佳為10~50莫耳%、尤佳為20~40莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (II), the content ratio is not particularly limited. It is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, still more preferably 5 mol% or more, still more preferably 10 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, and more preferably It is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, still more preferably 50 mol% or less, even more preferably 40 mol% or less. For example, it is 1 to 70 mol%, preferably 2 to 70 mol%, more preferably 5 to 60 mol%, further preferably 10 to 50 mol%, and particularly preferably 20 to 40 mol%. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

(通式(III)所表示之部分結構) 於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為此外所含之部分結構,就耐熱性、膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為包含下述通式(III)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (III)) When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), as the additional partial structure, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and film strength, it is preferable to include the following general structure: Partial structure represented by formula (III).

[化5] [Chemistry 5]

於上述式(III)中,R5 表示氫原子或甲基,R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫基。t表示0~5之整數。In the above formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, or a halogen atom. , an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a thiol group, or an alkylthio group which may have a substituent. t represents an integer from 0 to 5.

(R6 ) 於上述式(III)中,R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫基。 作為R6 中之烷基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~18、更佳為3~16、進而較佳為5~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。(R 6 ) In the above formula (III), R 6 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, which may have a substituent. an alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an alkylthio group that may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, Especially preferably below 12. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-18, More preferably, it is 3-16, Even more preferably, it is 5-14. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基等。該等之中,就顯影性與膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基或十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 又,作為烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, dodecyl and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability and film strength, dicyclopentyl or dodecyl is preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. In addition, examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, phenyl group, Carboxyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之烯基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如為2~22、較佳為2~20、更佳為2~18、進而較佳為2~16、進而更佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkenyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, it is 2-22, Preferably it is 2-20, More preferably, it is 2-18, Still more preferably, it is 2-16, Even more preferably, it is 2-14. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

又,作為烯基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, phenyl group, From the viewpoint of developability, carboxyl groups and the like are preferably hydroxyl groups and oligoglycol groups.

作為R6 中之炔基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之炔基。其碳數為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。例如為2~22、較佳為2~20、更佳為2~18、進而較佳為2~16、進而更佳為2~14。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkynyl group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkynyl groups. The carbon number is 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. For example, it is 2-22, Preferably it is 2-20, More preferably, it is 2-18, Still more preferably, it is 2-16, Even more preferably, it is 2-14. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

又,作為炔基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkynyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, phenyl group, From the viewpoint of developability, carboxyl groups and the like are preferably hydroxyl groups and oligoglycol groups.

作為R6 中之鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,該等之中,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為氟原子。Examples of the halogen atom in R 6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among these, a fluorine atom is preferred from the viewpoint of ink repellency.

作為R6 中之烷氧基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷氧基。其碳數為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~18、更佳為1~16、進而較佳為1~14、進而更佳為1~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkoxy group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups. The carbon number is 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, especially 12 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-18, More preferably, it is 1-16, Still more preferably, it is 1-14, Even more preferably, it is 1-12. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

又,作為烷氧基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, examples of substituents that the alkoxy group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoglycol group, and phenyl group. , carboxyl group, acrylyl group, methacrylyl group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoglycol group are preferred.

作為R6 中之烷基硫基,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基硫基。其碳數較佳為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~18、更佳為1~16、進而較佳為1~14、進而更佳為1~12。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。Examples of the alkylthio group in R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkylthio groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-18, More preferably, it is 1-16, Still more preferably, it is 1-14, Even more preferably, it is 1-12. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesion tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

又,作為烷基硫基中之烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、寡聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基等,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、寡聚乙二醇基。In addition, the substituents that the alkyl group in the alkylthio group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group Alcohol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, acrylic group, methacrylic group, etc., from the viewpoint of developability, hydroxyl group and oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

如上所述,R6 表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、羥基烷基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之烷基硫基,該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基或羧基,更佳為羧基。As mentioned above, R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, or a thiol group, Or an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, among these, from the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferred, and a carboxyl group is more preferred.

於上述式(III)中,t表示0~5之整數,就製造容易性之觀點而言,t較佳為0。In the above formula (III), t represents an integer from 0 to 5, and from the viewpoint of ease of production, t is preferably 0.

於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(III)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之結構單元之總莫耳數,較佳為0.5莫耳%以上,更佳為1莫耳%以上,進而較佳為2莫耳%以上,尤佳為4莫耳%以上。又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為30莫耳%以下,進而較佳為20莫耳%以下,進而更佳為10莫耳%以下,尤佳為6莫耳%以下。例如為0.5~50莫耳%、較佳為1~30莫耳%、更佳為1~20莫耳%、進而較佳為2~10莫耳%、進而更佳為4~6莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜之均一性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (III), the content ratio is not particularly limited. It is preferably 0.5 mol% or more, more preferably 1 mol% or more, still more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 4 mol% or more. Moreover, it is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, still more preferably 20 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 6 mol% or less. For example, it is 0.5 to 50 mol%, preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol%, still more preferably 2 to 10 mol%, still more preferably 4 to 6 mol%. . When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the uniformity of the film tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, residues tend to be reduced.

(通式(IV)所表示之部分結構) 於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)具有上述通式(I)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為此外所含之部分結構,就顯影性之觀點而言,亦較佳為具有下述通式(IV)所表示之部分結構。(Partial structure represented by general formula (IV)) When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) has a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (I), from the viewpoint of developability, it is also preferred that the partial structure contained in addition has the following general formula ( IV) Partial structure represented.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

於上述式(IV)中,R7 表示氫原子或甲基。In the above formula (IV), R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)包含上述通式(IV)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之結構單元之總莫耳數,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為60莫耳%以下。例如為5~80莫耳%、較佳為10~70莫耳%、更佳為20~60莫耳%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在殘渣減少之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向。When the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contains a partial structure represented by the above-mentioned general formula (IV), the content ratio is not particularly limited. It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and still more preferably Preferably, it is less than 60 mol%. For example, it is 5-80 mol%, preferably 10-70 mol%, more preferably 20-60 mol%. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, residues tend to be reduced, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved.

另一方面,丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為20 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,尤佳為60 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為140 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為130 mgKOH/g以下,進而更佳為120 mgKOH/g以下。例如為10~150 mgKOH/g、較佳為20~140 mgKOH/g、更佳為30~130 mgKOH/g、進而較佳為50~120 mgKOH/g、進而更佳為60~120 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向。On the other hand, the acid value of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably It is 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. For example, it is 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, preferably 20 to 140 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 130 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 50 to 120 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 60 to 120 mgKOH/g. . By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for development adhesiveness to improve.

丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之重量平均分子量(Mw)並無特別限定,通常為1000以上、較佳為2000以上、更佳為4000以上、進而較佳為6000以上、進而更佳為7000以上、尤佳為8000以上,又,通常為30000以下、較佳為20000以下、更佳為15000以下、進而較佳為10000以下。例如為1000~30000、較佳為2000~20000、更佳為4000~20000、進而較佳為6000~15000、進而更佳為7000~15000、尤佳為8000~10000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, further preferably 6,000 or more, still more preferably 7,000 or more, In particular, it is preferably 8,000 or more, and usually it is 30,000 or less, preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less, and still more preferably 10,000 or less. For example, it is 1000-30000, Preferably it is 2000-20000, More preferably, it is 4000-20000, Still more preferably, it is 6000-15000, Still more preferably, it is 7000-15000, Especially preferably, it is 8000-10000. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, development adhesiveness tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for residues to reduce.

(C)鹼可溶性樹脂中所含之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上,進而較佳為40質量%以上,進而更佳為50質量%以上,尤佳為55質量%以上,又,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下,進而較佳為70質量%以下,尤佳為65質量%以下。例如為10~90質量%、較佳為30~80質量%、更佳為40~80質量%、進而較佳為50~70質量%、進而更佳為55~65質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。(C) The content ratio of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) contained in the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, and further preferably 40 mass% or more, Furthermore, it is more preferably 50 mass % or more, particularly preferably 55 mass % or more, and further preferably 90 mass % or less, more preferably 80 mass % or less, still more preferably 70 mass % or less, especially 65 mass %. the following. For example, it is 10-90 mass %, Preferably it is 30-80 mass %, More preferably, it is 40-80 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 50-70 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 55-65 mass %. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high-definition barrier rib with a thin line width tends to be formed.

又,於(C)鹼可溶性樹脂包含丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)與環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之兩者之情形時,丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之含有比率相對於丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)與環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之含有比率之合計,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上,進而較佳為40質量%以上,進而更佳為50質量%以上,尤佳為55質量%以上,又,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下,進而較佳為70質量%以下,尤佳為65質量%以下。例如為10~90質量%、較佳為30~80質量%、更佳為40~80質量%、進而較佳為50~70質量%、進而更佳為55~65質量%以上。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在阻隔壁剖面之垂直性提高之傾向。Moreover, when (C) the alkali-soluble resin contains both the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) and the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12), the content ratio of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) relative to the acrylic acid The total content ratio of the copolymer resin (C11) and the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) is preferably 10 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, and further preferably 40 mass% or more. Furthermore, it is more preferably 50 mass % or more, particularly preferably 55 mass % or more, and further preferably 90 mass % or less, more preferably 80 mass % or less, further preferably 70 mass % or less, especially 65 mass %. the following. For example, it is 10 to 90 mass%, preferably 30 to 80 mass%, more preferably 40 to 80 mass%, further preferably 50 to 70 mass%, and still more preferably 55 to 65 mass% or more. When the value is equal to or higher than the above lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and when the value is lower than the above upper limit, the perpendicularity of the barrier rib cross section tends to be improved.

再者,作為丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)之具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開平8-297366號公報或日本專利特開2001-89533號公報中記載之樹脂。Specific examples of the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) include resins described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533.

繼而,對環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)進行詳述。Next, the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) will be described in detail.

[環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)] 環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)係對環氧樹脂加成乙烯性不飽和單羧酸或酯化合物,使之任意與含有異氰酸酯基之化合物進行反應後,進而與多元酸或其酐進行反應而成之樹脂。例如可列舉對環氧樹脂之環氧基開環加成不飽和單羧酸之羧基,藉此經由酯鍵(-COO-)對環氧化合物加成乙烯性不飽和鍵,並且對此時所產生之羥基加成多元酸酐之一羧基而成者。又,亦可列舉於加成多元酸酐時同時添加多元醇而加成者。[Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12)] Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) is made by adding an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or ester compound to an epoxy resin, allowing it to react with a compound containing an isocyanate group, and then reacting with a polybasic acid or its anhydride Resin formed by reaction. For example, the ring-opening addition of the carboxyl group of an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to the epoxy group of the epoxy resin can be used to add an ethylenically unsaturated bond to the epoxy compound via an ester bond (-COO-). The produced hydroxyl group is added to one of the carboxyl groups of the polybasic acid anhydride. In addition, when adding a polybasic acid anhydride, a polyhydric alcohol may be added at the same time.

又,使藉由上述反應所得之樹脂之羧基進而與具有可反應之官能基之化合物進行反應所得之樹脂亦包含於上述環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)。 如上所述,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂於化學結構上實質上不具有環氧基,且不限定於「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,但由於環氧化合物(環氧樹脂)為原料且「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」為代表例,故而依照慣例如此命名。Furthermore, the resin obtained by reacting the carboxyl group of the resin obtained by the above reaction with a compound having a reactive functional group is also included in the above-mentioned epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12). As mentioned above, epoxy (meth)acrylate resin does not have an epoxy group in its chemical structure and is not limited to "(meth)acrylate". However, since an epoxy compound (epoxy resin) is used as a raw material And "(meth)acrylate" is a representative example, so it is named like this according to convention.

此處,所謂環氧樹脂,亦包含藉由熱硬化形成樹脂之以前之原料化合物,作為該環氧樹脂,可自公知之環氧樹脂之中適當選擇而使用。又,環氧樹脂可使用使酚性化合物與表鹵醇進行反應所得之化合物。作為酚性化合物,較佳為具有2價或2價以上之酚性羥基之化合物,可為單體,亦可為聚合物。 具體而言,例如可列舉:雙酚A環氧樹脂、雙酚F環氧樹脂、雙酚S環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、聯苯酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、三苯酚環氧樹脂、苯酚與二環戊二烯之聚合環氧樹脂、二羥基茀型環氧樹脂、二羥基伸烷氧基茀型環氧樹脂、9,9-雙(4'-羥基苯基)茀之二縮水甘油醚化物、1,1-雙(4'-羥基苯基)金剛烷之二縮水甘油醚化物等,可較佳地使用如此於主鏈具有芳香族環者。Here, the so-called epoxy resin also includes the raw material compound before forming the resin by thermal hardening, and as the epoxy resin, it can be appropriately selected from among known epoxy resins and used. In addition, a compound obtained by reacting a phenolic compound and an epihalohydrin can be used as the epoxy resin. The phenolic compound is preferably a compound having a divalent or higher phenolic hydroxyl group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. Specific examples include bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, bisphenol S epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, and biphenyl novolac epoxy resin. Resin, trisphenol epoxy resin, polymerized epoxy resin of phenol and dicyclopentadiene, dihydroxyalkyleneoxy fluorine type epoxy resin, dihydroxyalkyleneoxy fluorine type epoxy resin, 9,9-bis(4'- Those having an aromatic ring in the main chain, such as the diglycidyl etherate of hydroxyphenyl)furdan and the diglycidyl etherate of 1,1-bis(4'-hydroxyphenyl)adamantane, can be preferably used.

其中,就較高之硬化膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為雙酚A環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、苯酚與二環戊二烯之聚合環氧樹脂、9,9-雙(4'-羥基苯基)茀之二縮水甘油醚化物等,尤佳為雙酚A環氧樹脂。 作為環氧樹脂之具體例,例如可較佳地使用:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「jER(註冊商標,以下相同)828」、「jER1001」、「jER1002」、「jER1004」,日本化藥公司製造之「NER-1302」(環氧當量323,軟化點76℃)等)、雙酚F型樹脂(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「jER807」、「jER4004P」、「jER4005P」、「jER4007P」,日本化藥公司製造之「NER-7406」(環氧當量350,軟化點66℃)等)、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、聯苯縮水甘油醚(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「jERYX-4000」)、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN(註冊商標,以下相同)-201」,三菱化學公司製造之「jER152」、「jER154」,Dow Chemical公司製造之「DEN-438」)、(鄰,間,對)甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EOCN(註冊商標,以下相同)-102S」、「EOCN-1020」、「EOCN-104S」)、異氰尿酸三縮水甘油酯(例如,日產化學公司製造之「TEPIC(註冊商標)」)、三苯酚甲烷型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN-501」、「EPPN-502」、「EPPN-503」)、脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel公司製造之「Celloxide(註冊商標,以下相同)2021P」、「Celloxide EHPE」)、將藉由二環戊二烯與苯酚之反應所得之酚樹脂縮水甘油基化而成之環氧樹脂(例如,DIC公司製造之「EXA-7200」,日本化藥公司製造之「NC-7300」)、下述通式(i-11)~(i-14)所表示之環氧樹脂等。具體而言,作為下述通式(i-11)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉日本化藥公司製造之「XD-1000」,作為下述通式(i-12)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉日本化藥公司製造之「NC-3000」,作為下述通式(i-14)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉新日鐵住金化學公司製造之「ESF-300」等。Among them, from the viewpoint of higher cured film strength, bisphenol A epoxy resin, phenol novolak epoxy resin, cresol novolak epoxy resin, and polymerized epoxy of phenol and dicyclopentadiene are preferred. Resin, 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxyphenyl)diglycidyl etherate, etc., especially bisphenol A epoxy resin. As a specific example of the epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin (for example, "jER (registered trademark, the same below) 828", "jER1001", "jER1002" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) can be preferably used, for example. "jER1004", "NER-1302" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Company (epoxy equivalent 323, softening point 76°C), etc.), bisphenol F-type resin (for example, "jER807", "jER4004P" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "jER4005P", "jER4007P", "NER-7406" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. (epoxy equivalent 350, softening point 66°C), etc.), bisphenol S-type epoxy resin, biphenyl glycidyl ether (for example, Mitsubishi "jERYX-4000" manufactured by a chemical company), phenol novolak type epoxy resin (for example, "EPPN (registered trademark, the same below)-201" manufactured by Nippon Chemical Company, "jER152" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, " jER154", "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.), (o-, m-, p-) cresol novolak type epoxy resin (for example, "EOCN (registered trademark, the same below)-102S manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. ", "EOCN-1020", "EOCN-104S"), triglycidyl isocyanurate (for example, "TEPIC (registered trademark)" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), trisphenolmethane type epoxy resin (for example, Japan "EPPN-501", "EPPN-502", "EPPN-503" manufactured by chemical companies), alicyclic epoxy resin ("Celloxide (registered trademark, the same below) 2021P" manufactured by Daicel Corporation, "Celloxide EHPE" ”), epoxy resin produced by glycidylizing a phenol resin obtained by the reaction of dicyclopentadiene and phenol (for example, “EXA-7200” manufactured by DIC Corporation, “NC” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. -7300"), epoxy resins represented by the following general formulas (i-11) to (i-14), etc. Specifically, as the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (i-11), "XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. can be cited, and as the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (i-12) Examples of the resin include "NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and examples of the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (i-14) include "ESF-300" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Chemical Co., Ltd.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

於上述通式(i-11)中,n為平均值,表示0~10之數。R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基。再者,1分子中所存在之複數個R111 分別可相同亦可不同。In the above general formula (i-11), n is an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. In addition, the plurality of R 111 present in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化8] [Chemical 8]

於上述通式(i-12)中,n為平均值,表示0~10之數。R121 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基。再者,1分子中所存在之複數個R121 分別可相同亦可不同。In the above general formula (i-12), n is an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 121 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. Furthermore, the plurality of R 121 present in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化9] [Chemical 9]

於上述通式(i-13)中,X表示下述通式(i-13-1)或(i-13-2)所表示之連結基。其中,於分子結構中包含1個以上之金剛烷結構。c表示2或3。In the above general formula (i-13), X represents a linking group represented by the following general formula (i-13-1) or (i-13-2). Among them, the molecular structure contains more than one adamantane structure. c means 2 or 3.

[化10] [Chemical 10]

於上述通式(i-13-1)及(i-13-2)中,R131 ~R134 及R135 ~R137 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基。*表示鍵結鍵。In the above general formulas (i-13-1) and (i-13-2), R 131 to R 134 and R 135 to R 137 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, or an adamantyl group which may have a substituent. The substituent is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. *indicates a bonded key.

[化11] [Chemical 11]

於上述通式(i-14)中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R141 及R142 分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之烷基或鹵素原子。R143 及R144 分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之伸烷基。x及y分別獨立地表示0以上之整數。In the general formula (i-14), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 141 and R 142 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 143 and R 144 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. x and y each independently represent an integer above 0.

該等之中,較佳為使用通式(i-11)~(i-14)之任一者所表示之環氧樹脂。Among these, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin represented by any one of general formulas (i-11) to (i-14).

作為乙烯性不飽和單羧酸,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、伊康酸、檸康酸等、及季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯琥珀酸酐加成物、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐加成物、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯琥珀酸酐加成物、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯鄰苯二甲酸酐加成物、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐加成物、(甲基)丙烯酸與ε-己內酯之反應產物等。其中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。Examples of ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, etc., and pentaerythritol tris(methyl )Acrylate succinic anhydride adduct, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate tetrahydrophthalic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate succinic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate Acrylate phthalic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate tetrahydrophthalic anhydride adduct, reaction product of (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone, etc. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred from the viewpoint of sensitivity.

作為多元酸(酐),例如可列舉:琥珀酸、順丁烯二酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、3-甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、4-甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、3-乙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、4-乙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、3-甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、4-甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、3-乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、4-乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、均苯四甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、聯苯四羧酸、及其等之酐等。其中,就釋氣之觀點而言,較佳為琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、或六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐,更佳為琥珀酸酐或四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐。Examples of the polybasic acid (anhydride) include succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 4-methyl ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, 3-methylhexahydrophthalic acid, 4- Methylhexahydrophthalic acid, 3-ethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, Phenyltetracarboxylic acid, and its anhydrides, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of outgassing, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or hexahydrophthalic anhydride is preferred, and succinic anhydride or tetrahydrophthalic anhydride is more preferred. Formic anhydride.

藉由使用多元醇,存在可增大環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之分子量,向分子中導入支鏈,可取得分子量與黏度之平衡之傾向。又,存在可增加分子中之酸基之導入率,容易取得感度或密接性等之平衡之傾向。 作為多元醇,例如較佳為選自三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三羥甲基乙烷、1,2,3-丙三醇中之1種或2種以上之多元醇。By using polyol, the molecular weight of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) tends to be increased, and branches can be introduced into the molecule to achieve a balance between molecular weight and viscosity. In addition, there is a tendency to increase the introduction rate of acid groups in the molecule, making it easier to achieve a balance of sensitivity, adhesion, etc. As the polyhydric alcohol, for example, one selected from trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, and 1,2,3-glycerol, or 2 or more types of polyols.

作為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂,除了上述者以外,可列舉韓國公開專利第10-2013-0022955號公報中記載者等。Examples of epoxy (meth)acrylate resins other than those described above include those described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2013-0022955.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為70 mgKOH/g以上,尤佳為80 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為180 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,進而更佳為120 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為110 mgKOH/g以下。例如為10~200 mgKOH/g、較佳為30~180 mgKOH/g、更佳為50~150 mgKOH/g、進而較佳為70~120 mgKOH/g、進而更佳為80~110 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。The acid value of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably It is preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more, and preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably It is 120 mgKOH/g or less, especially 110 mgKOH/g or less. For example, it is 10 to 200 mgKOH/g, preferably 30 to 180 mgKOH/g, more preferably 50 to 150 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 70 to 120 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 80 to 110 mgKOH/g. . By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之重量平均分子量(Mw)並無特別限定,通常為1000以上、較佳為2000以上、更佳為3000以上、進而較佳為4000以上、尤佳為5000以上,又,通常為30000以下、較佳為20000以下、更佳為15000以下、進而較佳為10000以下、尤佳為8000以下。例如為1000~30000、較佳為2000~20000、更佳為3000~15000、進而較佳為4000~10000、尤佳為5000~8000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在殘渣減少之傾向。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, further preferably 4,000 or more, and particularly preferably It is 5000 or more, and usually it is 30000 or less, Preferably it is 20000 or less, More preferably, it is 15000 or less, More preferably, it is 10000 or less, Especially preferably, it is 8000 or less. For example, it is 1000-30000, Preferably it is 2000-20000, More preferably, it is 3000-15000, More preferably, it is 4000-10000, Especially preferably, it is 5000-8000. When the value is equal to or above the lower limit, the film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the upper limit, the residue tends to be reduced.

於(C)鹼可溶性樹脂包含環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於(C)鹼可溶性樹脂中,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為20質量%以上,進而較佳為30質量%以上,進而更佳為35質量%以上,尤佳為40質量%以上,最佳為50質量%以上,又,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下,進而較佳為60質量%以下。例如為10~90質量%、較佳為20~90質量%、更佳為30~70質量%、進而較佳為35~70質量%、進而更佳為40~60質量%、尤佳為50~60質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在直線性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。When (C) alkali-soluble resin contains epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12), the content ratio is not particularly limited. In (C) alkali-soluble resin, it is preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably It is preferably 20 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, still more preferably 35 mass% or more, especially 40 mass% or more, most preferably 50 mass% or more, and more preferably 90 mass% or less. , more preferably 70 mass% or less, further preferably 60 mass% or less. For example, it is 10 to 90 mass %, preferably 20 to 90 mass %, more preferably 30 to 70 mass %, still more preferably 35 to 70 mass %, still more preferably 40 to 60 mass %, especially 50 ~60% by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, linearity tends to be improved, and by setting it below the upper limit, there is a tendency to form high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)可藉由先前公知之方法而合成。具體而言,可使用如下方法:使上述環氧樹脂溶解於有機溶劑,於觸媒與熱聚合抑制劑之共存下添加上述具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之酸或酯化合物來進行加成反應,進而添加多元酸或其酸酐以繼續反應。例如可列舉日本專利第3938375號公報、日本專利第5169422號公報中所記載之方法。Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12) can be synthesized by previously known methods. Specifically, the following method can be used: the above-mentioned epoxy resin is dissolved in an organic solvent, and the above-mentioned acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added in the coexistence of a catalyst and a thermal polymerization inhibitor to perform an addition reaction, and then Add polybasic acid or its anhydride to continue the reaction. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent No. 3938375 and Japanese Patent No. 5169422 can be cited.

此處,作為用於反應之有機溶劑,可列舉:甲基乙基酮、環己酮、二乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等有機溶劑之1種或2種以上。又,作為上述觸媒,可列舉:三乙基胺、苄基二甲基胺、三苄基胺等三級胺類、氯化四甲基銨、氯化甲基三乙基銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯化四丁基銨、氯化三甲基苄基銨等四級銨鹽類、三苯基膦等磷化合物、三苯基䏲等䏲(stibine)類等之1種或2種以上。進而,作為熱聚合抑制劑,可列舉對苯二酚、對苯二酚單甲醚、甲基對苯二酚等之1種或2種以上。Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include one or more organic solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. . Examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as triethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and tribenzylamine, tetramethylammonium chloride, methyltriethylammonium chloride, and or 2 or more types. Furthermore, examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include one or more types of hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone, and the like.

又,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之酸或酯化合物,可設為相對於環氧樹脂之環氧基之1化學當量,成為通常0.7~1.3化學當量、較佳為0.9~1.1化學當量之量。又,作為加成反應時之溫度,可設為通常60~150℃、較佳為80~120℃之溫度。進而,作為多元酸(酐)之使用量,可設為相對於上述加成反應中所產生之羥基之1化學當量,成為通常0.1~1.2化學當量、較佳為0.2~1.1化學當量之量。Furthermore, the acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used in an amount of 1 chemical equivalent relative to the epoxy group of the epoxy resin, usually 0.7 to 1.3 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.9 to 1.1 chemical equivalents. . In addition, the temperature during the addition reaction can be generally 60 to 150°C, preferably 80 to 120°C. Furthermore, the usage amount of the polybasic acid (anhydride) can be set to an amount of usually 0.1 to 1.2 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.2 to 1.1 chemical equivalents relative to 1 chemical equivalent of the hydroxyl group produced in the above addition reaction.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)之中,就膜強度或直線性之觀點而言,較佳為包含選自由具有下述通式(i)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、具有下述通式(ii)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、及具有下述通式(iii)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種。Among the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12), from the viewpoint of film strength or linearity, it is preferable to include an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin selected from the group consisting of epoxy (meth)acrylate resins (C12) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (i). methyl) acrylate resin, an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (ii), and an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (iii) ) at least one of the group consisting of acrylic resins.

[化12] [Chemical 12]

於式(i)中,Ra 表示氫原子或甲基,Rb 表示可具有取代基之2價之烴基。式(i)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (i), R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted by any substituent. *indicates a bonded key.

[化13] [Chemical 13]

於式(ii)中,Rc 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。Rd 表示具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之2價之烴基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (ii), R c each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. *indicates a bonded key.

[化14] [Chemical 14]

於式(iii)中,Re 表示氫原子或甲基,γ表示單鍵、-CO-、可具有取代基之伸烷基、或可具有取代基之2價之環狀烴基。式(iii)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (iii), R e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and γ represents a single bond, -CO-, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted by any substituent. *indicates a bonded key.

該等之中,首先對具有下述通式(i)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(以下,存在稱為「環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-1)」之情形)進行詳述。Among them, first, an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (hereinafter, referred to as "epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-1)") having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (i) )" will be described in detail.

[化15] [Chemical 15]

於式(i)中,Ra 表示氫原子或甲基,Rb 表示可具有取代基之2價之烴基。式(i)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (i), R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted by any substituent. *indicates a bonded key.

(Rb ) 於上述式(i)中,Rb 表示可具有取代基之2價之烴基。 作為2價之烴基,可列舉:2價之脂肪族基、2價之芳香族環基、連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基。(R b ) In the above formula (i), R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include: divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aromatic ring groups, and combinations of one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups. base.

2價之脂肪族基可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀者。該等之中,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈狀者,另一方面,就顯影液向曝光部之滲透降低之觀點而言,較佳為環狀者。其碳數通常為1以上,較佳為3以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為3~15、更佳為6~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向。Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, and cyclic ones. Among these, linear ones are preferred from the viewpoint of development solubility, and cyclic ones are preferred from the viewpoint of reduced penetration of the developer solution into the exposed portion. The carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 3-15, More preferably, it is 6-10. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved.

作為2價之直鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸正丁基、伸正己基、伸正庚基等。該等之中,就撥墨水性或製造成本之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基。 作為2價之支鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉於上述之2價之直鏈狀脂肪族基具有甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等作為側鏈之結構。 2價之環狀之脂肪族基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為2價之環狀之脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉自環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等環去除2個氫原子而成之基。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為自金剛烷環去除2個氫原子而成之基。Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include methylene, ethylene, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and the like. Among these, methylene is preferred from the viewpoint of ink repellency and production cost. Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, and isobutyl. , second butyl group, third butyl group, etc. as side chain structures. The number of rings contained in the divalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Specific examples of the divalent cyclic aliphatic group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbivalent alkane ring, an isobivalent alkane ring, and an adamantane ring. A base formed by removing two hydrogen atoms from a ring such as a cyclododecane ring or a cyclododecane ring. Among these, from the viewpoint of film strength and developability, a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an adamantane ring is preferred.

作為2價之脂肪族基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;羥基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aliphatic group may have include alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; hydroxyl groups; nitro groups; cyano groups; carboxyl groups; and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為2價之芳香族環基,可列舉2價之芳香族烴環基及2價之芳香族雜環基。其碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為4~20、較佳為5~15、更佳為6~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 4-20, Preferably it is 5-15, More preferably, it is 6-10. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為2價之芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為2價之芳香族烴環基,例如可列舉具有2個自由原子價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等基。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring, which have two free atomic valences. Ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring and other bases.

又,作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為2價之芳香族雜環基,例如可列舉具有2個自由原子價之呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等基。該等之中,就製造成本之觀點而言,較佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環或萘環,更佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環。In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, and dioxadiazole ring having two free atom valences. , indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furanofuran ring, thienofuran ring, Benzisozole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, trisulfonate ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, pyridine ring, quinine ring Zyline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring and other bases. Among them, from the viewpoint of production cost, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring having a valency of two free atoms is preferred, and a benzene ring having a valency of two free atoms is more preferred.

作為2價之芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基,可列舉連結1個以上之上述之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之上述之2價之芳香族環基而成之基。 2價之脂肪族基之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,且通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。 2價之芳香族環基之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,且通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, examples of the group formed by connecting one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups include connecting one or more of the above-mentioned divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups. A base formed from the above-mentioned divalent aromatic ring group. The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve. The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基之具體例,可列舉下述式(i-A)~(i-F)所表示之基等。該等之中,就骨架之剛直性與膜之疏水化之觀點而言,較佳為下述式(i-A)所表示之基。Specific examples of the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are connected include groups represented by the following formulas (i-A) to (i-F), and the like. Among these, the group represented by the following formula (i-A) is preferred from the viewpoint of rigidity of the skeleton and hydrophobization of the membrane.

[化16] [Chemical 16]

如上所述,式(i)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。作為被式(i)中之苯環所容許之取代基,例如可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數亦無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。 該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of substituents allowed by the benzene ring in formula (i) include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,上述式(i)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(i-1)所表示之部分結構。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of development solubility, the partial structure represented by the above formula (i) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (i-1).

[化17] [Chemical 17]

於式(i-1)中,Ra 及Rb 係與上述式(i)者同義。RY 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。*表示鍵結鍵。式(i-1)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。In the formula (i-1), R a and R b are synonymous with those of the above formula (i). R Y represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue. *indicates a bonded key. The benzene ring in formula (i-1) may be further substituted by any substituent.

所謂多元酸殘基,意指自多元酸或其酐去除1個OH基而成之1價之基。作為多元酸,可列舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. One of benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacteric acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Or 2 or more types. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and homogeneous acid. Promellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-1)1分子中所含之上述式(i-1)所表示之重複單元結構可為1種,亦可為2種以上。There may be one type of repeating unit structure represented by the above-mentioned formula (i-1) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-1), or two or more types.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-1)1分子中所含之上述式(i)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為3以上,又,較佳為10以下,進而較佳為8以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~8。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (i) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 2 or more. , more preferably 3 or more, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 8 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-8. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-1)1分子中所含之上述式(i-1)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為3以上,又,較佳為10以下,進而較佳為8以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~8。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (i-1) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, more preferably 10 or less, further preferably 8 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-8. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve.

以下列舉環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-1)之具體例。Specific examples of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-1) are listed below.

[化18] [Chemical 18]

[化19] [Chemical 19]

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

[化21] [Chemistry 21]

[化22] [Chemistry 22]

[化23] [Chemistry 23]

[化24] [Chemistry 24]

繼而,對具有下述通式(ii)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(以下,存在稱為「環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)」之情形)進行詳述。Next, there is a case where an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (hereinafter, referred to as "epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2)") has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (ii) ) for details.

[化25] [Chemical 25]

於式(ii)中,Rc 分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。Rd 表示具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之2價之烴基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (ii), R c each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. *indicates a bonded key.

(Rd ) 於上述式(ii)中,Rd 表示具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之2價之烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可列舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R d ) In the above formula (ii), R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如為4~40、較佳為4~30、更佳為6~20、進而較佳為8~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the developability tends to be improved. Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 4-30, More preferably, it is 6-20, Even more preferably, it is 8-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可列舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbisine ring, an isobisine ring, and an adamantane ring. ring, cyclododecane ring, etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of film strength and developability.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為4以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~5、更佳為3~4。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。On the other hand, the number of rings in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more The best value is below 4. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-5, More preferably, it is 3-4. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基。又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,進而更佳為10以上,尤佳為12以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如為4~40、較佳為6~40、更佳為8~30、進而較佳為10~20、進而更佳為12~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Examples of the aromatic ring group include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 10 or more, especially 12 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, particularly preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 6-40, More preferably, it is 8-30, Still more preferably, it is 10-20, Even more preferably, it is 12-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等。該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring, ring, ternaryphenyl ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of patterning characteristics, the ring is preferable.

又,具有環狀烴基作為側鏈之2價之烴基中之2價之烴基並無特別限定,例如可列舉2價之脂肪族基、2價之芳香族環基、連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基。In addition, the divalent hydrocarbon group among the divalent hydrocarbon groups having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include divalent aliphatic groups, divalent aromatic ring groups, and divalent hydrocarbon groups connecting one or more A group consisting of an aliphatic group and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups.

2價之脂肪族基可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀者。該等之中,就顯影性之提高之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈狀者,另一方面,就膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為環狀者。其碳數通常為1以上,較佳為3以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為25以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如為1~25、較佳為3~20、更佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, and cyclic ones. Among these, from the viewpoint of improvement in developability, a linear one is preferable, and on the other hand, from a viewpoint of film strength, a cyclic one is preferable. The carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 1-25, Preferably it is 3-20, More preferably, it is 6-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為2價之直鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸正丁基、伸正己基、伸正庚基等。該等之中,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為亞甲基。 作為2價之支鏈狀脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉於上述2價之直鏈狀脂肪族基上具有甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等作為側鏈之結構。Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include methylene, ethylene, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of ink repellency, methylene is preferred. Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, and isobutyl on the above-mentioned divalent linear aliphatic group. , second butyl group, third butyl group, etc. as side chain structures.

2價之環狀脂肪族基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。The number of rings of the divalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為2價之環狀脂肪族基之具體例,可列舉自環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等環去除2個氫原子而成之基。該等之中,就膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為自金剛烷環去除2個氫原子而成之基。Specific examples of the divalent cyclic aliphatic group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbivalent alkane ring, an isobivalent alkane ring, and an adamantane ring. , cyclododecane ring and other rings, which are formed by removing two hydrogen atoms. Among these, from the viewpoint of film strength, a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an adamantane ring is preferred.

作為2價之脂肪族基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;羥基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aliphatic group may have include alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; hydroxyl groups; nitro groups; cyano groups; carboxyl groups; and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為2價之芳香族環基,可列舉2價之芳香族烴環基及2價之芳香族雜環基。其碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如為4~30、較佳為5~20、更佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 4-30, Preferably it is 5-20, More preferably, it is 6-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為2價之芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為2價之芳香族烴環基,例如可列舉具有2個自由原子價之苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環等基。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzopyrene ring, which have two free atomic valences. Ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluoranthene ring and other bases.

又,作為2價之芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環,亦可為縮合環。作為2價之芳香族雜環基,例如可列舉具有2個自由原子價之呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等基。該等之中,就製造成本之觀點而言,較佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環或萘環,更佳為具有2個自由原子價之苯環。In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, and dioxadiazole ring having two free atom valences. , indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furanofuran ring, thienofuran ring, Benzisozole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, trisulfonate ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, pyridine ring, quinine ring Zyline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring and other bases. Among them, from the viewpoint of production cost, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring having a valency of two free atoms is preferred, and a benzene ring having a valency of two free atoms is more preferred.

作為2價之芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,作為連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基,可列舉連結1個以上之上述之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之上述之2價之芳香族環基而成之基。 2價之脂肪族基之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,且通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。 2價之芳香族環基之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,且通常為10以下,較佳為5以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~10、較佳為1~5、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, examples of the group formed by connecting one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups include connecting one or more of the above-mentioned divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups. A base formed from the above-mentioned divalent aromatic ring group. The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve. The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-5, More preferably, it is 2-3. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the developability tends to be improved.

作為連結1個以上之2價之脂肪族基與1個以上之2價之芳香族環基而成之基之具體例,可列舉上述式(i-A)~(i-F)所表示之基等。該等之中,就膜強度與撥墨水性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為上述式(i-C)所表示之基。Specific examples of the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are connected include groups represented by the above formulas (i-A) to (i-F), and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and ink repellency, the group represented by the above formula (i-C) is preferred.

作為側鏈之環狀烴基相對於該等2價之烴基之鍵結形態並無特別限定,例如可列舉:以作為側鏈之環狀烴基取代脂肪族基或芳香族環基之1個氫原子之形態、或包含脂肪族基之1個碳原子在內構成作為側鏈之環狀烴基之形態。The bonding form between the cyclic hydrocarbon group as the side chain and the divalent hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited. For example, one hydrogen atom of an aliphatic group or aromatic cyclic group is replaced by a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. or a cyclic hydrocarbon group including one carbon atom of the aliphatic group as a side chain.

又,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-1)所表示之部分結構。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ink repellency, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-1).

[化26] [Chemical 26]

於式(ii-1)中,Rc 係與上述式(ii)同義。Rα 表示可具有取代基之1價之環狀烴基。n為1以上之整數。*表示鍵結鍵。式(ii-1)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。In formula (ii-1), R c is synonymous with the above formula (ii). R α represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. n is an integer above 1. *indicates a bonded key. The benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted by any substituent.

(Rα ) 於上述式(ii-1)中,Rα 表示可具有取代基之1價之環狀烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可列舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R α ) In the above formula (ii-1), R α represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為6以下,較佳為4以下,更佳為3以下。例如為1~6、較佳為1~4、更佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如為4~40、較佳為4~30、更佳為6~20、進而較佳為8~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。The number of rings included in the aliphatic cyclic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-6, Preferably it is 1-4, More preferably, it is 2-3. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, further preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 4-30, More preferably, it is 6-20, Even more preferably, it is 8-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可列舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbisine ring, an isobisine ring, and an adamantane ring. ring, cyclododecane ring, etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基。又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為5以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如為4~30、較佳為5~20、更佳為6~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。On the other hand, the number of rings included in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Examples of the aromatic ring group include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. Moreover, the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 4-30, Preferably it is 5-20, More preferably, it is 6-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茀環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorine ring, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, fluorine is preferred.

作為環狀烴基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基等碳數1~5之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成之容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include: hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, etc. Alkyl groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

n表示1以上之整數,較佳為2以上,又,較佳為3以下。例如為1~3、較佳為2~3。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在膜強度提高之傾向。n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 3 or less. For example, it is 1-3, Preferably it is 2-3. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for film strength to improve.

該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,Rα 較佳為1價之脂肪族環基,更佳為金剛烷基。Among these, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, R α is preferably a monovalent aliphatic cyclic group, and more preferably an adamantyl group.

如上所述,式(ii-1)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。作為被式(ii-1)中之苯環所容許之取代基,例如可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數亦無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of substituents allowed by the benzene ring in formula (ii-1) include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

以下列舉上述式(ii-1)所表示之部分結構之具體例。Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii-1) are listed below.

[化27] [Chemical 27]

[化28] [Chemical 28]

[化29] [Chemical 29]

[化30] [Chemical 30]

[化31] [Chemical 31]

又,就顯影密接性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-2)所表示之部分結構。Moreover, from the viewpoint of development adhesion, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-2).

[化32] [Chemical 32]

於式(ii-2)中,Rc 係與上述式(ii)同義。Rβ 表示可具有取代基之2價之環狀烴基。*表示鍵結鍵。式(ii-2)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。In formula (ii-2), R c is synonymous with the above formula (ii). represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. *indicates a bonded key. The benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted by any substituent.

(Rβ ) 於上述式(ii-2)中,Rβ 表示可具有取代基之2價之環狀烴基。 作為環狀烴基,可列舉脂肪族環基或芳香族環基。(R β ) In the above formula (ii-2), R β represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為35以下,進而較佳為30以下。例如為4~40、較佳為6~35、更佳為8~30。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可列舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Moreover, the carbon number of the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 35 or less, still more preferably 30 or less. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 6-35, More preferably, it is 8-30. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbisine ring, an isobisine ring, and an adamantane ring. ring, cyclododecane ring, etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基。又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為10以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如為4~40、較佳為6~30、更佳為8~20、進而較佳為10~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。On the other hand, the number of rings included in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Examples of the aromatic ring group include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. Moreover, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably It is below 20, preferably below 15. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 6-30, More preferably, it is 8-20, Even more preferably, it is 10-15. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茀環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorine ring, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of film strength and developability, fluorine is preferred.

作為環狀烴基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基等碳數1~5之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成之簡易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include: hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, etc. Alkyl groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of simplicity of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,Rβ 較佳為2價之脂肪族環基,更佳為2價之金剛烷環基。 另一方面,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,Rβ 較佳為2價之芳香族環基,更佳為2價之茀環基。Among them, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, is preferably a divalent aliphatic ring group, and more preferably a divalent adamantane ring group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, is preferably a divalent aromatic ring group, more preferably a divalent fluorocyclic group.

如上所述,式(ii-2)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。作為被式(ii-2)中之苯環所容許之取代基,例如可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數亦無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of substituents allowed by the benzene ring in formula (ii-2) include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy, and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

以下列舉上述式(ii-2)所表示之部分結構之具體例。Specific examples of the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii-2) are listed below.

[化33] [Chemical 33]

[化34] [Chemical 34]

[化35] [Chemical 35]

[化36] [Chemical 36]

另一方面,就顯影性之觀點而言,上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(ii-3)所表示之部分結構。On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the partial structure represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-3).

[化37] [Chemical 37]

於式(ii-3)中,Rc 及Rd 係與上述式(ii)同義。RZ 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。In formula (ii-3), R c and R d are synonymous with the above formula (ii). R Z represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.

所謂多元酸殘基,意指自多元酸或其酐去除1個OH基而成之1價之基。作為多元酸,可列舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. One of benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacteric acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Or 2 or more types. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and homogeneous acid. Promellitic acid, trimellitic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)1分子中所含之上述式(ii-3)所表示之部分結構可為1種,亦可為2種以上。The partial structure represented by the above-mentioned formula (ii-3) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2) may be one type or two or more types.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)1分子中所含之上述式(ii)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~15、更佳為3~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (ii) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 3 or more. , and it is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 3-10. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)1分子中所含之上述式(ii-1)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~15、更佳為3~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (ii-1) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 3-10. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)1分子中所含之上述式(ii-2)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~15、更佳為3~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (ii-2) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 3-10. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-2)1分子中所含之上述式(ii-3)所表示之部分結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。例如為1~20、較佳為1~15、更佳為3~10。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of partial structures represented by the above formula (ii-3) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less. For example, it is 1-20, Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 3-10. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

繼而,對具有下述通式(iii)所表示之部分結構之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(以下,存在稱為「環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-3)」之情形)進行詳述。Next, there is a case where an epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (hereinafter, referred to as "epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-3)") has a partial structure represented by the following general formula (iii) ) for details.

[化38] [Chemical 38]

於式(iii)中,Re 表示氫原子或甲基,γ表示單鍵、-CO-、可具有取代基之伸烷基、或可具有取代基之2價之環狀烴基。式(iii)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (iii), R e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and γ represents a single bond, -CO-, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted by any substituent. *indicates a bonded key.

(γ) 於上述式(iii)中,γ表示單鍵、-CO-、可具有取代基之伸烷基、或可具有取代基之2價之環狀烴基。(γ) In the above formula (iii), γ represents a single bond, -CO-, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.

伸烷基可為直鏈,亦可為支鏈,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈,就顯影密接性之觀點而言,較佳為支鏈。其碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為6以下,較佳為4以下。例如為1~6、較佳為2~4。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。The alkylene group may be a straight chain or a branched chain. From the viewpoint of development solubility, a straight chain is preferred, and from the viewpoint of development adhesion, a branched chain is preferred. The number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less. For example, it is 1-6, Preferably it is 2-4. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved.

作為伸烷基之具體例,可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸己基、伸庚基,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為伸乙基或伸丙基,更佳為伸丙基。Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, hexylene, and heptylene. From the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, preferred ones are Ethyl or propylene, more preferably propylene.

作為伸烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;羥基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the alkylene group may have include alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; hydroxyl; nitro; cyano group; carboxyl group; and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

作為2價之環狀烴基,可列舉2價之脂肪族環基或2價之芳香族環基。Examples of the divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group include a divalent aliphatic ring group or a divalent aromatic ring group.

脂肪族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 又,脂肪族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為35以下,進而較佳為30以下。例如為4~40、較佳為6~35、更佳為8~30。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為脂肪族環基中之脂肪族環之具體例,可列舉:環己烷環、環庚烷環、環癸烷環、環十二烷環、降𦯉烷環、異𦯉烷環、金剛烷環、環十二烷環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為金剛烷環。The number of rings the aliphatic cyclic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Moreover, the carbon number of the aliphatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 35 or less, still more preferably 30 or less. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 6-35, More preferably, it is 8-30. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbisine ring, an isobisine ring, and an adamantane ring. ring, cyclododecane ring, etc. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability.

另一方面,芳香族環基所具有之環之數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,通常為10以下,較佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~10、更佳為3~5。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。 作為芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基、芳香族雜環基。又,芳香族環基之碳數通常為4以上,較佳為6以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為10以上,又,較佳為40以下,更佳為30以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為15以下。例如,藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在膜強度提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。例如為4~40、較佳為6~30、更佳為8~20、進而較佳為10~15。 作為芳香族環基中之芳香族環之具體例,可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、茀環等。該等之中,就膜強度與顯影性之兼顧之觀點而言,較佳為茀環。On the other hand, the number of rings included in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and is usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-10, More preferably, it is 3-5. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, developability tends to be improved. Examples of the aromatic ring group include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups. Moreover, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, and preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably It is below 20, preferably below 15. For example, when the value is equal to or higher than the lower limit, film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or lower than the upper limit, developability tends to be improved. For example, it is 4-40, Preferably it is 6-30, More preferably, it is 8-20, Even more preferably, it is 10-15. Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorine ring, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of balancing film strength and developability, fluorine is preferred.

作為環狀烴基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基等碳數1~5之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~5之烷氧基;硝基;氰基;羧基等。該等之中,就合成之簡易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include: hydroxyl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, etc. Alkyl groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy and ethoxy groups; nitro group; cyano group; carboxyl group, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of simplicity of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

又,該等之中,就顯影性之觀點而言,γ較佳為可具有取代基之伸烷基,更佳為二甲基亞甲基。Moreover, among these, from the viewpoint of developability, γ is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and more preferably is a dimethylmethylene group.

如上所述,式(iii)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。作為被式(iii)中之苯環所容許之取代基,例如可列舉:羥基、甲基、甲氧基、乙基、乙氧基、丙基、丙氧基等。取代基之數亦無特別限定,可為1個,亦可為2個以上。該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。As mentioned above, the benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted by any substituent. Examples of substituents allowed by the benzene ring in formula (iii) include hydroxyl, methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, propyl, propoxy and the like. The number of substituents is not particularly limited and may be 1 or 2 or more. Among these, from the viewpoint of hardening properties, unsubstituted is preferred.

另一方面,就顯影溶解性之觀點而言,上述式(iii)所表示之部分結構較佳為下述式(iii-1)所表示之部分結構。On the other hand, from the viewpoint of development solubility, the partial structure represented by the above formula (iii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (iii-1).

[化39] [Chemical 39]

於式(iii-1)中,Re 及γ係與上述式(iii)同義。RW 表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。*表示鍵結鍵。式(iii-1)中之苯環可進而經任意之取代基取代。In formula (iii-1), R e and γ are synonymous with the above formula (iii). R W represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue. *indicates a bonded key. The benzene ring in formula (iii-1) may be further substituted by any substituent.

所謂多元酸殘基,意指自多元酸或其酐去除1個OH基而成之1價之基。作為多元酸,可列舉選自順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸中之1種或2種以上。 該等之中,就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。The polybasic acid residue means a monovalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. One of benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobacteric acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Or 2 or more types. Among these, from the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and homogeneous acid. Promellitic acid, trimellitic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-3)1分子中所含之上述式(iii)所表示之重複單元結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為5以上,進而較佳為10以上,又,較佳為18以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如為1~18、較佳為5~18、更佳為10~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of repeating unit structures represented by the above formula (iii) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 5. or more, more preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 15 or less. For example, it is 1-18, Preferably it is 5-18, More preferably, it is 10-15. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

又,環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-3)1分子中所含之上述式(iii-1)所表示之重複單元結構之數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,又,較佳為18以下,進而較佳為15以下。例如為1~18、較佳為3~18、更佳為5~15。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the number of repeating unit structures represented by the above formula (iii-1) contained in one molecule of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably It is 3 or more, and it is more preferable that it is 5 or more, and it is more preferable that it is 18 or less, and it is further more preferable that it is 15 or less. For example, it is 1-18, Preferably it is 3-18, More preferably, it is 5-15. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the ink repellency tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the developability to improve.

以下列舉環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12-3)之具體例。Specific examples of epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12-3) are listed below.

[化40] [Chemical 40]

[化41] [Chemical 41]

如上所述,本發明中之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂除了丙烯酸系共聚樹脂(C11)、或環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(C12)以外,可包含其他鹼可溶性樹脂。As described above, the alkali-soluble resin (C) in the present invention may include other alkali-soluble resins in addition to the acrylic copolymer resin (C11) or the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin (C12).

又,(C)成分之鹼可溶性樹脂之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為70 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為100 mgKOH/g以下。例如為30~200 mgKOH/g、較佳為50~150 mgKOH/g、更佳為70~100 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在顯影性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影密接性提高之傾向。再者,於(C)鹼可溶性樹脂為2種以上之混合物之情形時,酸值意指對應於其含有比率之加權平均值。Moreover, the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin of component (C) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably It is 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. For example, it is 30-200 mgKOH/g, preferably 50-150 mgKOH/g, more preferably 70-100 mgKOH/g. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, developability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for development adhesiveness to improve. In addition, when (C) alkali-soluble resin is a mixture of 2 or more types, the acid value means the weighted average value corresponding to the content ratio.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,通常為5質量%以上、較佳為10質量%以上、更佳為20質量%以上、進而較佳為30質量%以上、進而更佳為40質量%以上、尤佳為50質量%以上、最佳為60質量%以上,又,通常為90質量%以下、較佳為80質量%以下、更佳為70質量%以下。例如為5~90質量%、較佳為10~90質量%、更佳為20~90質量%、進而較佳為30~80質量%、進而更佳為40~80質量%、尤佳為50~70質量%、最佳為60~70質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在殘渣減少之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向。The content ratio of (C) alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. In the total solid content, it is usually 5 mass% or more, preferably 10 mass% or more, and more preferably 20 mass% or more, more preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 40 mass% or more, especially 50 mass% or more, most preferably 60 mass% or more, and usually 90 mass% or less, preferably It is 80 mass % or less, more preferably, it is 70 mass % or less. For example, it is 5 to 90 mass %, preferably 10 to 90 mass %, more preferably 20 to 90 mass %, still more preferably 30 to 80 mass %, still more preferably 40 to 80 mass %, especially 50 ~70% by mass, preferably 60-70% by mass. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, residues tend to be reduced, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved.

又,總固形物成分中之(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比率及(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率之總和並無特別限定,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為30質量%以上,進而較佳為60質量%以上,尤佳為80質量%以上,又,較佳為95質量%以下,更佳為92質量%以下,進而較佳為90質量%以下。例如為10~95質量%、較佳為30~95質量%、更佳為60~92質量%、進而較佳為80~90質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在阻隔壁對基材之密接性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在遮光性或撥墨水性提高之傾向。In addition, the total content ratio of (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound and (C) alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass. More preferably, it is 60 mass % or more, especially 80 mass % or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 95 mass % or less, more preferably 92 mass % or less, and still more preferably 90 mass % or less. For example, it is 10-95 mass %, Preferably it is 30-95 mass %, More preferably, it is 60-92 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 80-90 mass %. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the adhesion of the barrier ribs to the base material tends to be improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, light-shielding properties or ink repellency tend to be improved.

[1-1-4](D)成分:撥液劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂作為(D)撥液劑。認為藉由含有具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂,可對所得之阻隔壁之表面賦予撥墨水性,故而可將所得之阻隔壁製成防止各像素之混色者。[1-1-4](D) Ingredient: Liquid repellent The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a fluorine atom-containing resin having a crosslinking group as (D) a liquid repellent. It is considered that by containing a fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group, ink repellency can be imparted to the surface of the barrier rib, and therefore the barrier rib can be made to prevent color mixing of each pixel.

作為交聯基,可列舉環氧基或乙烯性不飽和基,就撥液劑向顯影液之流出抑制之觀點而言,較佳為乙烯性不飽和基。 認為藉由使用具有交聯基之撥液劑,可於對所形成之塗佈膜進行曝光時加速其表面之交聯反應,撥液劑難以於顯影處理中流出,其結果,可將所得之阻隔壁製成顯示較高之撥墨水性者。Examples of the crosslinking group include an epoxy group or an ethylenically unsaturated group. From the viewpoint of suppressing the outflow of the liquid repellent agent into the developer, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred. It is thought that by using a liquid-repellent agent having a cross-linked group, the cross-linking reaction on the surface of the formed coating film can be accelerated when the formed coating film is exposed, and the liquid-repellent agent is difficult to flow out during the development process. As a result, the obtained film can be The barrier wall is made to show higher ink repellency.

又,藉由為含有氟原子之樹脂,存在含有氟原子之樹脂配向於阻隔壁之表面,起到防止墨水之滲透或混色之作用之傾向。更詳細而言,存在具有氟原子之基排斥墨水,起到防止因墨水越過阻隔壁進入至鄰接之區域所引起之墨水之滲透或混色之作用之傾向。In addition, since the resin contains fluorine atoms, the resin containing fluorine atoms tends to be aligned on the surface of the barrier ribs and prevent ink from bleeding or color mixing. More specifically, the group having fluorine atoms tends to repel the ink and prevent the ink from penetrating or color mixing due to the ink crossing the barrier and entering into the adjacent area.

又,具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂較佳為具有全氟烷基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之任一者或兩者。藉由具有全氟烷基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之任一者或兩者,存在含有氟原子之樹脂進而容易配向於阻隔壁之表面,顯示更高之撥墨水性,進一步防止墨水之滲透或混色之傾向。Furthermore, the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group preferably has either or both of a perfluoroalkyl group and a perfluoroalkylene ether chain. By having either or both perfluoroalkyl and perfluoroalkylene ether chains, the resin containing fluorine atoms is easily aligned on the surface of the barrier ribs, showing higher ink repellency and further preventing ink from being Tendency to bleed or mix colors.

作為全氟烷基,可列舉:全氟丁基、全氟己基、全氟辛基等。作為全氟伸烷基醚鏈,可列舉:-CF2 -O-、-(CF2 )2 -O-、-(CF2 )3 -O-、-CF2 -C(CF3 )O-、-C(CF3 )-CF2 -O-及具有該等重複單元之2價之基。Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group include perfluorobutyl, perfluorohexyl, perfluorooctyl, and the like. Examples of perfluoroalkylene ether chains include: -CF 2 -O-, -(CF 2 ) 2 -O-, -(CF 2 ) 3 -O-, -CF 2 -C(CF 3 )O- , -C(CF 3 )-CF 2 -O- and divalent bases having these repeating units.

作為具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂之具體例,例如可列舉:具有環氧基及全氟烷基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂、具有環氧基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂、具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟烷基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂、具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂、具有環氧基及全氟烷基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、具有環氧基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟烷基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂等。其中,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟烷基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂、具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂,進而較佳為具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟伸烷基醚鏈之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂。Specific examples of the fluorine atom-containing resin having a crosslinking group include, for example, an acrylic copolymer resin having an epoxy group and a perfluoroalkyl group, and an acrylic copolymer resin having an epoxy group and a perfluoroalkyl ether chain. Resins, acrylic copolymer resins with ethylenically unsaturated groups and perfluoroalkyl groups, acrylic copolymer resins with ethylenically unsaturated groups and perfluoroalkyl ether chains, rings with epoxy groups and perfluoroalkyl groups Oxy (meth)acrylate resin, epoxy (meth)acrylate resin with epoxy group and perfluoroalkyl ether chain, epoxy (methyl) with ethylenically unsaturated group and perfluoroalkyl group Acrylate resin, epoxy (meth)acrylate resin with ethylenically unsaturated groups and perfluoroalkylene ether chains, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of ink repellency, an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a perfluoroalkyl group, and an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a perfluoroalkyl ether chain are preferred. , and more preferably an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a perfluoroalkylene ether chain.

作為該等具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂之市售品,可使用以DIC公司製造之「Megafac(註冊商標,以下相同)F116」、「Megafac F120」、「Megafac F142D」、「Megafac F144D」、「Megafac F150」、「Megafac F160」、「Megafac F171」、「Megafac F172」、「Megafac F173」、「Megafac F177」、「Megafac F178A」、「Megafac F178K」、「Megafac F179」、「Megafac F183」、「Megafac F184」、「Megafac F191」、「Megafac F812」、「Megafac F815」、「Megafac F824」、「Megafac F833」、「Megafac RS101」、「Megafac RS102」「Megafac RS105」、「Megafac RS201」、「Megafac RS202」、「Megafac RS301」、「Megafac RS303」「Megafac RS304」、「Megafac RS401」、「Megafac RS402」、「Megafac RS501」、「Megafac RS502」、「Megafac RS-72-K」、「Megafac RS-78」、「Megafac RS-90」、「DEFENSA(註冊商標,以下相同)MCF300」、「DEFENSA MCF310」、「DEFENSA MCF312」、「DEFENSA MCF323」、3M JAPAN公司製造之「Fluorad FC430」、「Fluorad FC431」、「FC-4430」、「FC4432」、AGC公司製造之「AsahiGuard(註冊商標)AG710」、「Surflon(註冊商標,以下相同)S-382」、「Surflon SC-101」、「Surflon SC-102」、「Surflon SC-103」、「Surflon SC-104」、「Surflon SC-105」、「SurflonSC-106」等商品名進行市售之含氟有機化合物。 該等之中,作為具有乙烯性不飽和基及全氟伸烷基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂,可較佳地使用「Megafac RS-72-K」、「Megafac RS-78」、「Megafac RS-90」等。As commercial products of the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group, "Megafac (registered trademark, the same below) F116", "Megafac F120", "Megafac F142D" and "Megafac F144D" manufactured by DIC Corporation can be used ", "Megafac F150", "Megafac F160", "Megafac F171", "Megafac F172", "Megafac F173", "Megafac F177", "Megafac F178A", "Megafac F178K", "Megafac F179", "Megafac F183" ”, “Megafac F184”, “Megafac F191”, “Megafac F812”, “Megafac F815”, “Megafac F824”, “Megafac F833”, “Megafac RS101”, “Megafac RS102”, “Megafac RS105”, “Megafac RS201” , "Megafac RS202", "Megafac RS301", "Megafac RS303", "Megafac RS304", "Megafac RS401", "Megafac RS402", "Megafac RS501", "Megafac RS502", "Megafac RS-72-K", " Megafac RS-78", "Megafac RS-90", "DEFENSA (registered trademark, the same below) MCF300", "DEFENSA MCF310", "DEFENSA MCF312", "DEFENSA MCF323", "Fluorad FC430" manufactured by 3M JAPAN, "Fluorad FC431", "FC-4430", "FC4432", "AsahiGuard (registered trademark) AG710" manufactured by AGC, "Surflon (registered trademark, the same below) S-382", "Surflon SC-101", " Fluorine-containing organic compounds are commercially available under trade names such as "Surflon SC-102", "Surflon SC-103", "Surflon SC-104", "Surflon SC-105", and "Surflon SC-106". Among them, "Megafac RS-72-K", "Megafac RS-78", and "Megafac RS-90" are preferably used as the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a perfluoroalkylene group. "wait.

具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂中之氟原子含有比率並無特別限制,於具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂中,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,進而更佳為25質量%以上。又,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為35質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可抑制向像素部之流出之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯示較高之接觸角之傾向。The fluorine atom content ratio in the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group is not particularly limited. In the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group, it is preferably 5 mass % or more, and more preferably 10 mass % or more. More preferably, it is 20 mass % or more, and still more preferably, it is 25 mass % or more. Furthermore, the content is preferably 50 mass% or less, and more preferably 35 mass% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the outflow to the pixel portion tends to be suppressed, and by setting the value below the upper limit, a high contact angle tends to be displayed.

具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂之分子量並無特別限制,可為低分子量之化合物,亦可為高分子量體。高分子量體可抑制由後烘烤引起之流動性而抑制自阻隔壁之流出,故而較佳,就該觀點而言,具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂之數量平均分子量較佳為100以上,更佳為500以上,且較佳為100000以下,更佳為10000以下。The molecular weight of the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group is not particularly limited and may be a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight body. A high molecular weight body is preferable because it suppresses fluidity caused by post-baking and prevents outflow from the barrier wall. From this point of view, the number average molecular weight of the fluorine atom-containing resin having a cross-linking group is preferably 100 or more. , more preferably 500 or more, more preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or less.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(D)撥液劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,通常為0.01質量%以上、較佳為0.1質量%以上、更佳為0.5質量%以上,又,通常為5質量%以下、較佳為3質量%以下、更佳為2質量%以下。例如為0.01~5質量%、較佳為0.1~3質量%、更佳為0.5~2質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在阻隔壁形成後將墨水塗佈於像素部時容易獲得均勻之塗膜之傾向。The content ratio of the (D) liquid repellent in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.01 mass% or more, preferably 0.1 mass% or more, and more preferably 0.1 mass% or more in the total solid content. 0.5 mass% or more, and usually 5 mass% or less, preferably 3 mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or less. For example, it is 0.01-5 mass %, Preferably it is 0.1-3 mass %, More preferably, it is 0.5-2 mass %. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting it below the above upper limit, it is easier to obtain a uniform coating film when ink is applied to the pixel portion after the barrier ribs are formed. tendency.

又,具有交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,通常為0.01質量%以上、較佳為0.1質量%以上、更佳為0.5質量%以上,又,通常為5質量%以下、較佳為3質量%以下、更佳為2質量%以下。例如為0.01~5質量%、較佳為0.1~3質量%、更佳為0.5~2質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在撥墨水性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在阻隔壁形成後將墨水塗佈於像素部時容易獲得均勻之塗膜之傾向。In addition, the content ratio of the fluorine atom-containing resin having a crosslinking group is not particularly limited, but it is usually 0.01 mass% or more, preferably 0.1 mass% or more, and more preferably 0.5 mass% or more in the total solid content. Moreover, it is usually 5 mass% or less, preferably 3 mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or less. For example, it is 0.01-5 mass %, Preferably it is 0.1-3 mass %, More preferably, it is 0.5-2 mass %. By setting the value above the lower limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved, and by setting it below the above upper limit, it is easier to obtain a uniform coating film when ink is applied to the pixel portion after the barrier ribs are formed. tendency.

另一方面,於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,亦可與(D)撥液劑一起使用界面活性劑。界面活性劑可以感光性著色樹脂組合物之作為塗佈液之塗佈性、及塗佈膜之顯影性之提高等為目的而使用,其中較佳為聚矽氧系之界面活性劑或不具有交聯基之氟系之界面活性劑。 尤其就顯影時具有自未曝光部去除感光性著色樹脂組合物之殘渣之作用,又,具有表現潤濕性之功能之方面而言,較佳為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,進而較佳為聚醚改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑。On the other hand, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, a surfactant may be used together with the (D) liquid repellent agent. The surfactant can be used for the purpose of improving the coating properties of the photosensitive colored resin composition as a coating liquid and the developability of the coating film. Among them, polysiloxane-based surfactants or surfactants without Fluorine-based surfactant with cross-linking group. In particular, since it has the function of removing residues of the photosensitive colored resin composition from unexposed parts during development and also has the function of expressing wettability, a polysiloxane-based surfactant is preferred, and a further preferred one is Polyether modified polysiloxane surfactant.

作為不具有交聯基之氟系界面活性劑,較佳為於末端、主鏈及側鏈之至少任一部位具有氟烷基或氟伸烷基之化合物。 作為該等之市售品,例如可列舉:BM Chemie公司製造之「BM-1000」、「BM-1100」、DIC公司製造之「Megafac F142D」、「Megafac F172」、「Megafac F173」、「Megafac F183」、「Megafac F470」、「Megafac F475」、「Megafac F554」、「Megafac F559」、3M JAPAN公司製造之「FC430」、NEOS公司製造之「DFX-18」等。As the fluorine-based surfactant having no cross-linking group, a compound having a fluoroalkyl group or a fluoroalkylene group at at least any one of the terminal, main chain and side chain is preferred. Examples of such commercial products include "BM-1000" and "BM-1100" manufactured by BM Chemie, and "Megafac F142D", "Megafac F172", "Megafac F173" and "Megafac" manufactured by DIC. F183", "Megafac F470", "Megafac F475", "Megafac F554", "Megafac F559", "FC430" manufactured by 3M JAPAN Company, "DFX-18" manufactured by NEOS Company, etc.

又,作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:Dow Corning Toray公司製造之「DC3PA」、「SH7PA」、「DC11PA」、「SH21PA」、「SH28PA」、「SH29PA」、「8032Additive」、「SH8400」、BYK-Chemie公司製造之「BYK(註冊商標,以下相同)323」、「BYK330」等市售品。 作為界面活性劑,亦可包含氟系界面活性劑及聚矽氧系界面活性劑以外者,此外作為界面活性劑,可列舉:非離子性、陰離子性、陽離子性、兩性界面活性劑等。Examples of polysilicone-based surfactants include "DC3PA", "SH7PA", "DC11PA", "SH21PA", "SH28PA", "SH29PA", "8032Additive", " SH8400", "BYK (registered trademark, the same below) 323", "BYK330" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. and other commercial products. The surfactant may include surfactants other than fluorine-based surfactants and polysiloxane-based surfactants. Examples of surfactants include nonionic, anionic, cationic, and amphoteric surfactants.

作為上述非離子性界面活性劑,例如可列舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯聚氧丙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、聚氧乙烯脂肪酸酯類、甘油脂肪酸酯類、聚氧乙烯甘油脂肪酸酯類、季戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧乙烯季戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯類、聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯類、山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類等。作為該等之市售品,例如可列舉:花王公司製造之「Emulgen(註冊商標,以下相同)104P」、「Emulgen A60」等聚氧乙烯系界面活性劑等。Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, and polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers. Oxyethylene fatty acid esters, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene glycerol fatty acid esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters , sorbitol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitol fatty acid esters, etc. Examples of such commercially available products include polyoxyethylene surfactants such as "Emulgen (registered trademark, the same below) 104P" and "Emulgen A60" manufactured by Kao Corporation.

又,作為上述陰離子性界面活性劑,例如可列舉:烷基磺酸鹽類、烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、聚氧乙烯烷基醚磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基硫酸酯鹽類、高級醇硫酸酯鹽類、脂肪族醇硫酸酯鹽類、聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鹽類、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚硫酸鹽類、烷基磷酸酯鹽類、聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸鹽類、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚磷酸鹽類、特殊高分子系界面活性劑等。其中,較佳為特殊高分子系界面活性劑,進而較佳為特殊聚羧酸型高分子系界面活性劑。作為此種陰離子性界面活性劑,可使用市售品,例如,烷基硫酸酯鹽類可列舉花王公司製造之「EMAL(註冊商標,以下相同)10」等,烷基萘磺酸鹽類可列舉花王公司製造之「Pelex(註冊商標)NB-L」等,特殊高分子系界面活性劑可列舉花王公司製造之「Homogenol(註冊商標,以下相同)L-18」、「Homogenol L-100」等。Examples of the anionic surfactant include alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfonates, and alkyl surfactants. Sulfates, alkyl sulfate ester salts, higher alcohol sulfate ester salts, aliphatic alcohol sulfate ester salts, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, alkyl phosphates Ester salts, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether phosphates, special polymer surfactants, etc. Among them, a special polymer surfactant is preferred, and a special polycarboxylic acid type polymer surfactant is further preferred. As such anionic surfactants, commercially available products can be used. For example, alkyl sulfate ester salts include "EMAL (registered trademark, the same below) 10" manufactured by Kao Corporation, and alkyl naphthalene sulfonate salts can be used. Examples include "Pelex (registered trademark) NB-L" manufactured by Kao Corporation, and examples of special polymer surfactants include "Homogenol (registered trademark, the same below) L-18" and "Homogenol L-100" manufactured by Kao Corporation wait.

進而,作為上述陽離子性界面活性劑,可列舉:四級銨鹽類、咪唑啉衍生物類、烷基胺鹽類等,又,作為兩性界面活性劑,可列舉:甜菜鹼型化合物類、咪唑鎓鹽類、咪唑啉類、胺基酸類等。該等之中,較佳為四級銨鹽類,進而較佳為硬脂基三甲基銨鹽類。作為市售者,例如,烷基胺鹽類可列舉花王公司製造之「Acetamin(註冊商標)24」等,四級銨鹽類可列舉花王公司製造之「Quartamin(註冊商標,以下相同)24P」、「Quartamin 86W」等。Furthermore, examples of the cationic surfactant include quaternary ammonium salts, imidazoline derivatives, alkylamine salts, etc. Examples of the amphoteric surfactant include betaine-type compounds, imidazole Onium salts, imidazolines, amino acids, etc. Among these, quaternary ammonium salts are preferred, and stearyltrimethylammonium salts are further preferred. Examples of commercially available alkylamine salts include "Acetamin (registered trademark) 24" manufactured by Kao Corporation, and examples of quaternary ammonium salts include "Quartamin (registered trademark, the same below) 24P" manufactured by Kao Corporation. , "Quartamin 86W", etc.

又,界面活性劑亦可以2種以上之組合使用,例如可列舉:聚矽氧系界面活性劑/氟系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑/特殊高分子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑/特殊高分子系界面活性劑之組合等。其中,較佳為聚矽氧系界面活性劑/氟系界面活性劑之組合。於該聚矽氧系界面活性劑/氟系界面活性劑之組合中,例如可列舉:NEOS公司製造之「DFX-18」、BYK-Chemie公司製造之「BYK-300」或「BYK-330」/AGC Seimi Chemical公司製造之「S-393」、Shin-Etsu Silicone公司製造之「KP340」/DIC公司製造之「F-554」或「F-559」、Dow Corning Toray公司製造之「SH7PA」/大金公司製造之「DS-401」、NUC公司製造之「L-77」/3M JAPAN公司製造之「FC4430」等。In addition, surfactants can also be used in combination of two or more types. For example, polysilicone surfactants/fluorine-based surfactants, polysilicone-based surfactants/special polymer surfactants, fluorine-based surfactants Combination of surfactant/special polymer surfactant, etc. Among them, a combination of polysiloxane surfactant/fluorine surfactant is preferred. Examples of the polysilicone surfactant/fluorine surfactant combination include "DFX-18" manufactured by NEOS, "BYK-300" or "BYK-330" manufactured by BYK-Chemie. /"S-393" made by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd., "KP340" made by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd. / "F-554" or "F-559" made by DIC Co., Ltd., "SH7PA" made by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. / "DS-401" manufactured by Daikin Company, "L-77" manufactured by NUC Company/"FC4430" manufactured by 3M JAPAN Company, etc.

[1-1-5](E)著色劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(E)著色劑。藉由含有(E)著色劑,可獲得適度之光吸收性、尤其是於用於形成著色阻隔壁等遮光構件之用途之情形時可獲得適度之遮光性。[1-1-5](E) Colorant The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (E) colorant. By containing the coloring agent (E), appropriate light absorbing properties can be obtained, and in particular, when used for forming light-shielding members such as colored barrier ribs, appropriate light-shielding properties can be obtained.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(E)著色劑含有紫色顏料,且上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為45質量%以上。The colorant (E) in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a purple pigment, and the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (E) is 45% by mass or more.

由於紫色顏料在450 nm~600 nm之波長區域具有吸收帶,故藉由含有紫色顏料,綠色光之遮光性會變得良好。因此,藉由含有大量紫色顏料,可利用所得之著色阻隔壁充分地吸收自彩色濾光片之綠色像素發出之綠色光,可抑制紅色像素之紅色發光性奈米結晶粒子之激發。Since purple pigments have an absorption band in the wavelength range of 450 nm to 600 nm, inclusion of purple pigments improves the light-shielding properties of green light. Therefore, by containing a large amount of purple pigment, the resulting colored barrier can be used to fully absorb the green light emitted from the green pixels of the color filter, thereby suppressing the excitation of the red luminescent nanocrystalline particles of the red pixel.

另一方面,為了獲得具備包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之像素之彩色濾光片,向被阻隔壁包圍之區域噴出分散有發光性奈米結晶粒子之墨水而形成像素。為了防止鄰接之像素間之墨水彼此之混合等,對阻隔壁要求較高之撥墨水性。並且,為了將阻隔壁製成著色阻隔壁而使用著色劑,但存在因包含著色劑而膜之硬化性變低,撥墨水性變低之傾向。On the other hand, in order to obtain a color filter having pixels containing luminescent nanocrystal particles, ink in which luminescent nanocrystal particles are dispersed is ejected into a region surrounded by barrier ribs to form pixels. In order to prevent the inks between adjacent pixels from mixing with each other, the barrier ribs are required to have high ink repellency. In addition, a colorant is used to form the barrier rib into a colored barrier rib. However, the inclusion of the colorant tends to lower the hardenability of the film and lower the ink repellency.

針對於此,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物藉由將(E)著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率設為45質量%以上而成為可獲得撥墨水性良好之著色阻隔壁者。如上所述,紫色顏料於450 nm~600 nm之可見區域之長波長側具有吸收帶,另一方面,於短波長側之360 nm~400 nm之波長範圍內之透過性較高,故認為藉由在著色劑中含有大量紫色顏料,利用紫外線曝光之硬化性變高,殘存於顯影後之膜表面之撥液劑變多,著色阻隔壁之撥墨水性變高。In view of this, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is one that can obtain a colored barrier with excellent ink repellency by setting the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (E) to 45% by mass or more. As mentioned above, the purple pigment has an absorption band on the long wavelength side of the visible region of 450 nm to 600 nm. On the other hand, it has high transmittance in the short wavelength side of the wavelength range of 360 nm to 400 nm, so it is considered that it Since the colorant contains a large amount of purple pigment, the curability by ultraviolet exposure becomes higher, the amount of liquid repellent remaining on the surface of the film after development increases, and the ink repellency of the colored barrier becomes higher.

進而,由於紫色顏料於360 nm~400 nm之波長範圍內之透過性較高,故膜之內部硬化性變高,因此認為即便為厚膜亦能夠形成高精細且垂直性良好之著色阻隔壁。Furthermore, since the purple pigment has high transmittance in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 400 nm, the internal hardenability of the film becomes high. Therefore, it is considered that even a thick film can form a high-definition colored barrier rib with good verticality.

作為紫色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50。其中,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可列舉C.I.顏料紫19、23、29,更佳為可列舉C.I.顏料紫23及/或C.I.顏料紫29。另一方面,就分散性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紫29。Examples of purple pigments include: C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3:3, 5, 5:1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Violet 19, 23, and 29 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and/or C.I. Pigment Violet 29 are more preferred. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Violet 29.

(E)著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率只要為45質量%以上則並無特別限定,就綠色光遮光性及硬化性之觀點而言,於總固形物成分中,較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為55質量%以上,進而較佳為60質量%以上,進而更佳為70質量%以上,尤佳為80質量%以上,且通常為100質量%以下。另一方面,就利用紫色顏料以外之著色劑之光學特性來擴大吸收波段之觀點而言,較佳為99質量%以下,更佳為90質量%以下,進而較佳為80質量%以下,尤佳為70質量%以下。就綠色光遮光性及硬化性之觀點而言,例如為50~100質量%、較佳為55~100質量%、更佳為60~100質量%、進而較佳為70~100質量%、進而更佳為80~100質量%。又,就利用紫色顏料以外之著色劑之光學特性擴大吸收波段之觀點而言,例如為45~99質量%、較佳為45~90質量%、更佳為45~80質量%、進而較佳為45~70質量%,作為另一形態,為50~99質量%、較佳為50~90質量%、更佳為50~80質量%、進而較佳為50~70質量%。(E) The content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant is not particularly limited as long as it is 45% by mass or more. From the viewpoint of green light blocking properties and hardening properties, it is preferably 50% by mass in the total solid content. Above, more preferably 55 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% or more, still more preferably 70 mass% or more, particularly preferably 80 mass% or more, and usually 100 mass% or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of utilizing the optical properties of colorants other than purple pigments to expand the absorption band, 99 mass % or less is preferred, 90 mass % or less is more preferred, and 80 mass % or less is more preferred, especially Preferably, it is 70 mass % or less. From the viewpoint of green light shielding property and hardening property, for example, it is 50 to 100 mass %, preferably 55 to 100 mass %, more preferably 60 to 100 mass %, still more preferably 70 to 100 mass %, and further More preferably, it is 80-100 mass %. Moreover, from the viewpoint of utilizing the optical properties of colorants other than purple pigments to expand the absorption band, for example, it is 45 to 99 mass %, preferably 45 to 90 mass %, more preferably 45 to 80 mass %, and still more preferably It is 45-70 mass %, and as another form, it is 50-99 mass %, Preferably it is 50-90 mass %, More preferably, it is 50-80 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 50-70 mass %.

上述紫色顏料之中,就藍色光之遮光性或硬化性之觀點而言,紫色顏料較佳為包含C.I.顏料紫29。 該情形時之C.I.顏料紫29之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,進而較佳為3質量%以上,尤佳為4質量%以上,又,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以下。例如為1~20質量%、較佳為2~15質量%、更佳為3~10質量%、進而較佳為4~5質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在藍色光之遮光性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擴大吸收波段之傾向。 又,紫色顏料中所占之C.I.顏料紫29之含有比率亦無特別限定,較佳為30質量%以上,更佳為40質量%以上,進而較佳為50質量%以上,進而更佳為60質量%以上,較佳為80質量%以上,又,較佳為99質量%以下,更佳為95質量%以下,進而較佳為90質量%以下,尤佳為85質量%以下。例如為30~99質量%、較佳為40~95質量%、更佳為50~90質量%、進而較佳為60~85質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在藍色光之遮光性或硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擴大吸收波段之傾向。Among the above-mentioned purple pigments, the purple pigment preferably includes C.I. Pigment Violet 29 from the viewpoint of the light-shielding property or curability of blue light. In this case, the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 is not particularly limited, but in the total solid content, it is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, further preferably 3 mass % or more, and particularly preferably It is 4 mass % or more, and it is preferably 20 mass % or less, more preferably 15 mass % or less, further preferably 10 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 5 mass % or less. For example, it is 1 to 20 mass%, preferably 2 to 15 mass%, more preferably 3 to 10 mass%, and still more preferably 4 to 5 mass%. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, the light-shielding property of blue light tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the absorption band tends to be expanded. Moreover, the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 in the purple pigment is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 40 mass% or more, further preferably 50 mass% or more, still more preferably 60 mass% Mass% or more, preferably 80 mass% or more, and preferably 99 mass% or less, more preferably 95 mass% or less, further preferably 90 mass% or less, especially 85 mass% or less. For example, it is 30 to 99 mass%, preferably 40 to 95 mass%, more preferably 50 to 90 mass%, and still more preferably 60 to 85 mass%. By setting the value above the lower limit, the light-shielding property or curability of blue light tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the absorption band tends to be broadened.

另一方面,上述紫色顏料之中,就擴大吸收波段之觀點而言,紫色顏料較佳為包含C.I.顏料紫23。 該情形時之C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而較佳為1質量%以上,尤佳為2質量%以上,又,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以下。例如為0.1~20質量%、較佳為0.5~15質量%、更佳為1~10質量%、進而較佳為2~5質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在藍色光之遮光性提高之傾向。 又,紫色顏料中所占之C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率亦無特別限定,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,尤佳為30質量%以上,又,較佳為90質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下,進而較佳為70質量%以下,尤佳為60質量%以下。例如為5~90質量%,較佳為10~80質量%,更佳為20~70質量%,進而較佳為30~60質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在藍色光之遮光性提高之傾向。On the other hand, among the above-mentioned purple pigments, the purple pigment preferably contains C.I. Pigment Violet 23 from the viewpoint of broadening the absorption band. In this case, the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is not particularly limited, but in the total solid content, it is preferably 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, further preferably 1 mass% or more, and particularly preferably It is 2 mass % or more, and preferably it is 20 mass % or less, more preferably 15 mass % or less, further preferably 10 mass % or less, especially 5 mass % or less. For example, it is 0.1 to 20 mass%, preferably 0.5 to 15 mass%, more preferably 1 to 10 mass%, and still more preferably 2 to 5 mass%. By setting the value above the lower limit, the absorption band tends to expand, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the light-shielding property of blue light tends to improve. Moreover, the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 23 in the purple pigment is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 10 mass% or more, further preferably 20 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 30 mass%. % or more, and preferably 90 mass% or less, more preferably 80 mass% or less, further preferably 70 mass% or less, particularly preferably 60 mass% or less. For example, it is 5 to 90 mass%, preferably 10 to 80 mass%, more preferably 20 to 70 mass%, and still more preferably 30 to 60 mass%. By setting the value above the lower limit, the absorption band tends to expand, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the light-shielding property of blue light tends to improve.

又,就擴大吸收波段且兼顧藍色光之遮光性或硬化性之觀點而言,紫色顏料較佳為包含C.I.顏料紫29及C.I.顏料紫23。 該情形時之C.I.顏料紫29及C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率之合計並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為2質量%以上,進而較佳為3質量%以上,尤佳為4質量%以上,又,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以下。例如為1~20質量%、較佳為2~15質量%、更佳為3~10質量%、進而較佳為4~5質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大,藍色光之遮光性或硬化性變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在耐光性提高之傾向。Moreover, from the viewpoint of broadening the absorption band and taking into consideration the light-shielding property or hardening property of blue light, the purple pigment preferably includes C.I. Pigment Violet 29 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23. In this case, the total content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is not particularly limited, but in the total solid content, it is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 2 mass % or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more, preferably 4% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, especially 5% by mass or less. For example, it is 1 to 20 mass%, preferably 2 to 15 mass%, more preferably 3 to 10 mass%, and still more preferably 4 to 5 mass%. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the absorption band tends to expand and the light-shielding property or curability of blue light becomes good, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the light resistance tends to be improved.

又,(E)著色劑中所占之C.I.顏料紫29及C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率之合計亦無特別限定,較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上,進而較佳為70質量%以上,尤佳為80質量%以上,又,較佳為99質量%以下,更佳為95質量%以下,進而較佳為90質量%以下,尤佳為85質量%以下。例如為50~99質量%、較佳為60~95質量%、更佳為70~90質量%、進而較佳為80~85質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在耐光性提高之傾向。Moreover, the total content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 in the colorant (E) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 60 mass % or more, and still more preferably 70 mass % or more, preferably 80 mass % or more, more preferably 99 mass % or less, more preferably 95 mass % or less, further preferably 90 mass % or less, particularly 85 mass % or less. For example, it is 50-99 mass %, Preferably it is 60-95 mass %, More preferably, it is 70-90 mass %, Even more preferably, it is 80-85 mass %. When the value is equal to or greater than the above-mentioned lower limit, the absorption band tends to be expanded, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the light resistance tends to be improved.

又,紫色顏料中所占之C.I.顏料紫29及C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率之合計亦無特別限定,較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為60質量%以上,進而較佳為70質量%以上,尤佳為80質量%以上,又,通常為100質量%以下。例如為50~100質量%、較佳為60~100質量%、更佳為70~100質量%、進而較佳為80~100質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大之傾向。Moreover, the total content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 in the purple pigment is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 60 mass% or more, and still more preferably 70 mass% More preferably, it is 80 mass % or more, and usually it is 100 mass % or less. For example, it is 50-100 mass %, Preferably it is 60-100 mass %, More preferably, it is 70-100 mass %, Even more preferably, it is 80-100 mass %. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, the absorption band tends to expand.

又,相對於C.I.顏料紫29之含有比率之C.I.顏料紫23之含有比率亦無特別限定,相對於100質量份之C.I.顏料紫29,較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為20質量份以上,尤佳為30質量份以上,又,較佳為80質量份以下,更佳為60質量份以下,進而較佳為50質量份以下,尤佳為40質量份以下。例如為5~80質量份、較佳為10~60質量份、更佳為20~50質量份、進而較佳為30~40質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在吸收波段擴大之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在藍色光之遮光性或硬化性提高之傾向。Furthermore, the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 23 to the content ratio of C.I. Pigment Violet 29 is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Violet 29. , more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, further preferably 50 parts by mass or less, especially 40 parts by mass portion or less. For example, it is 5-80 parts by mass, preferably 10-60 parts by mass, more preferably 20-50 parts by mass, and still more preferably 30-40 parts by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, the absorption band tends to expand, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the light-shielding property or curability of blue light tends to improve.

(E)著色劑較佳為包含紫色顏料以外之著色劑(以下,簡稱為「其他著色劑」)。作為其他著色劑,可列舉顏料或染料,就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為顏料,就色調、光硬化性、感度之觀點而言,較佳為有機顏料。(E) The coloring agent preferably contains coloring agents other than purple pigments (hereinafter, simply referred to as "other coloring agents"). Examples of other colorants include pigments and dyes. Pigments are preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and organic pigments are preferred from the viewpoints of hue, photocurability, and sensitivity.

作為顏料,可列舉:黃色顏料、橙色顏料、紅色顏料、藍色顏料、綠色顏料、棕色顏料等有機著色顏料。 作為黃色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208。其中,就分散性、可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.顏料黃83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180、185,進而較佳為C.I.顏料黃138、139、150,就遮光性之觀點而言,尤佳為C.I.顏料黃139。Examples of pigments include organic colored pigments such as yellow pigments, orange pigments, red pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, and brown pigments. Examples of yellow pigments include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208. Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersion and reliability, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, and 185 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150. From the perspective of light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 is particularly preferred.

作為橙色顏料(orange pigment),可列舉:C.I.顏料橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78、79。其中,就分散性或遮光性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料橙13、43、64、72,於以紫外線使感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化之情形時,作為橙色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料橙64、72,尤佳為C.I.顏料橙64。Examples of orange pigments include: C.I. Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48, 49, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79. Among them, in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 43, 64, and 72 are preferably used. When the photosensitive colored resin composition is cured with ultraviolet rays, as the orange pigment, C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 43, 64, and 72 are preferably used. From this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Orange 64 and 72, and particularly preferably C.I. Pigment Orange 64, which has a lower ultraviolet absorption rate.

作為紅色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276。其中,就遮光性、分散性之觀點而言,較佳為可列舉:C.I.顏料紅48:1、122、149、168、177、179、194、202、206、207、209、224、242、254,進而較佳為可列舉:C.I.顏料紅177、209、224、254。再者,就分散性或遮光性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紅177、254、272,於以紫外線使感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化之情形時,作為紅色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料紅254、272。Examples of red pigments include: C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53: 1, 53:2, 53:3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276. Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties and dispersion properties, preferred ones include: C.I. Pigment Red 48:1, 122, 149, 168, 177, 179, 194, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242, 254, and more preferably include: C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, and 254. Furthermore, in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding properties, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, and 272. When curing the photosensitive colored resin composition with ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, and 272 as the red pigment. From this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 254 or 272 when the ultraviolet absorption rate is low.

作為藍色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料藍1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79。其中,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可列舉:C.I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、60,進而較佳為可列舉:C.I.顏料藍15:6、16。 再者,就分散性或遮光性之方面而言,較佳為使用C.I.顏料藍15:6、16、60,於以紫外線使感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化之情形時,作為藍色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者,就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料藍60。Examples of blue pigments include: C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 1:2, 9, 14, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 25 ,27,28,29,33,35,36,56,56:1,60,61,61:1,62,63,66,67,68,71,72,73,74,75,76,78 ,79. Among them, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, preferred ones include: C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, and 60, and further preferred ones are C.I. Enumeration: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 16. Furthermore, in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding properties, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 16, and 60. When the photosensitive colored resin composition is cured with ultraviolet rays, as a blue pigment, it is more preferable to use it. It is preferable to use one with a low ultraviolet absorption rate. From this point of view, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 60.

作為綠色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58。其中,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為可列舉C.I.顏料綠7、36。Examples of green pigments include: C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58. Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, C.I. Pigment Green 7 and 36 are preferred.

作為棕色顏料(brown pigment),可列舉:C.I.顏料棕23、25、26、28、38、41、83、93。其中,就兼顧近紅外線透過性與遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為可列舉:C.I.顏料棕26、28、83、93。Examples of brown pigments include C.I. Pigment Brown 23, 25, 26, 28, 38, 41, 83, and 93. Among them, from the viewpoint of balancing near-infrared ray transmittance and light-shielding properties, C.I. Pigment Brown 26, 28, 83, and 93 are preferred.

該等有機著色顏料之中,就於波長400~550 nm附近具有吸收帶之方面而言,較佳為橙色顏料。 於包含橙色顏料之情形時,橙色顏料之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,進而較佳為0.8質量%以上,尤佳為1質量%以上,又,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而較佳為4質量%以下,尤佳為2質量%以下。例如,於包含橙色顏料之情形時,為0.1~10質量%、較佳為0.5~8質量%、更佳為0.8~4質量%、進而較佳為1~2質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在藍色光之遮光性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在綠色光之遮光性提高之傾向。Among these organic color pigments, orange pigments are preferred in terms of having an absorption band near a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm. When an orange pigment is included, the content ratio of the orange pigment is not particularly limited, but in the total solid content, it is preferably 0.1 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and still more preferably 0.8 mass% or more. It is preferably 1 mass% or more, more preferably 10 mass% or less, more preferably 8 mass% or less, further preferably 4 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 2 mass% or less. For example, when an orange pigment is included, it is 0.1-10 mass %, Preferably it is 0.5-8 mass %, More preferably, it is 0.8-4 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 1-2 mass %. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the light-shielding property of blue light tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the light-shielding property of green light tends to be improved.

又,於包含橙色顏料之情形時,(E)著色劑中之橙色顏料之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,尤佳為30質量%以上,又,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為45質量%以下,進而較佳為40質量%以下,尤佳為35質量%以下。例如為5~50質量%、較佳為10~50質量%、更佳為20~45質量%、進而較佳為30~40質量%、尤佳為30~35質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在藍色光之遮光性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在綠色光之遮光性提高之傾向。In addition, when an orange pigment is included, the content ratio of the orange pigment in the colorant (E) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 10 mass% or more, and still more preferably 20 mass%. The above content is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or less, more preferably 45 mass% or less, further preferably 40 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 35 mass% or less. For example, it is 5 to 50 mass%, preferably 10 to 50 mass%, more preferably 20 to 45 mass%, further preferably 30 to 40 mass%, and particularly preferably 30 to 35 mass%. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the light-shielding property of blue light tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the light-shielding property of green light tends to be improved.

又,作為其他著色劑,亦可包含黑色顏料。作為黑色顏料,可列舉有機黑色顏料或無機黑色顏料。 作為有機黑色顏料,例如可列舉包含選自由下述式(1)所表示之化合物、下述式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物、下述式(1)所表示之化合物之鹽、及下述式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物之鹽所組成之群中之至少1種之有機黑色顏料。Moreover, as other colorants, a black pigment may also be included. Examples of the black pigment include organic black pigments and inorganic black pigments. Examples of organic black pigments include compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (1), geometric isomers of the compounds represented by the following formula (1), and salts of compounds represented by the following formula (1). , and at least one organic black pigment from the group consisting of salts of geometric isomers of the compound represented by the following formula (1).

[化42] [Chemical 42]

於式(1)中,R1 及R6 分別獨立地為氫原子、CH3 、CF3 、氟原子或氯原子; R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R7 、R8 、R9 及R10 分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、R11 、COOH、COOR11 、COO- 、CONH2 、CONHR11 、CONR11 R12 、CN、OH、OR11 、COCR11 、OOCNH2 、OOCNHR11 、OOCNR11 R12 、NO2 、NH2 、NHR11 、NR11 R12 、NHCOR12 、NR11 COR12 、N=CH2 、N=CHR11 、N=CR11 R12 、SH、SR11 、SOR11 、SO2 R11 、SO3 R11 、SO3 H、SO3 - 、SO2 NH2 、SO2 NHR11 或SO2 NR11 R12 ; 且選自由R2 與R3 、R3 與R4 、R4 與R5 、R7 與R8 、R8 與R9 、及R9 與R10 所組成之群中之至少1個組合亦可相互直接鍵結,或亦可藉由氧原子、硫原子、NH或NR11 橋接基(bridge)而相互鍵結; R11 及R12 分別獨立地為碳數1~12之烷基、碳數3~12之環烷基、碳數2~12之烯基、碳數3~12之環烯基或碳數2~12之炔基。In formula (1), R 1 and R 6 are independently a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , fluorine atom or chlorine atom; R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 11 , COOH, COOR 11 , COO - , CONH 2 , CONHR 11 , CONR 11 R 12 , CN, OH, OR 11 , COCR 11 , OOCNH 2 , OOCNHR 11 , OOCNR 11 R 12 , NO 2 , NH 2 , NHR 11 , NR 11 R 12 , NHCOR 12 , NR 11 COR 12 , N=CH 2 , N=CHR 11 , N=CR 11 R 12 , SH, SR 11 , SOR 11 , SO 2 R 11 , SO 3 R 11 , SO 3 H, SO 3 - , SO 2 NH 2 , SO 2 NHR 11 or SO 2 NR 11 R 12 ; and selected from R 2 and R 3 , R 3 At least one combination of the group consisting of R 4 , R 4 and R 5 , R 7 and R 8 , R 8 and R 9 , and R 9 and R 10 may be directly bonded to each other, or may be oxygen atom, sulfur atom, NH or NR 11 bridging group (bridge) and bonded to each other; R 11 and R 12 are independently an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, or alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

上述式(1)(以下,亦稱為「通式(1)」)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物具有以下之核心結構(其中,結構式中之取代基省略),反-反異構物可能最穩定。The geometric isomer of the compound represented by the above formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "general formula (1)") has the following core structure (where the substituents in the structural formula are omitted), trans-trans isomer may be the most stable.

[化43] [Chemical 43]

於通式(1)所表示之化合物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為藉由任意之公知之適合之陽離子、例如金屬、有機、無機或金屬有機陽離子、具體而言為鹼金屬、鹼土族金屬、過渡金屬、一級銨、二級銨、三烷基銨等三級銨、四烷基銨等四級銨或有機金屬錯合物補償其電荷而成之鹽。又,於通式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為同樣之鹽。When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is anionic, it is preferably formed by any known suitable cation, such as a metal, organic, inorganic or metal-organic cation, specifically an alkali metal or an alkaline earth group. Salts composed of metals, transition metals, primary ammonium, secondary ammonium, tertiary ammonium such as trialkylammonium, quaternary ammonium such as tetraalkylammonium, or organic metal complexes to compensate for their charge. Furthermore, when the geometric isomer of the compound represented by general formula (1) is anionic, the same salt is preferred.

於通式(1)之取代基及其等之定義中,就存在遮蔽率變高之傾向之方面而言,較佳為以下。其原因在於,以下之取代基不具有吸收,被認為不會對顏料之色相產生影響。 R2 、R4 、R5 、R7 、R9 及R10 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、氟原子、或氯原子,進而較佳為氫原子。 R3 及R8 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、NO2 、OCH3 、OC2 H5 、溴原子、氯原子、CH3 、C2 H5 、N(CH3 )2 、N(CH3 )(C2 H5 )、N(C2 H5 )2 、α-萘基、β-萘基、SO3 H或SO3 - ,進而較佳為氫原子或SO3 H。Among the definitions of the substituents of the general formula (1) and the like, the following are preferred from the viewpoint that the shielding rate tends to be high. The reason is that the following substituents have no absorption and are not considered to affect the hue of the pigment. R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. R 3 and R 8 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, NO 2 , OCH 3 , OC 2 H 5 , a bromine atom, a chlorine atom, CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , N(CH 3 ) 2 , N(CH 3 )(C 2 H 5 ), N(C 2 H 5 ) 2 , α-naphthyl group, β-naphthyl group, SO 3 H or SO 3 - , and more preferably a hydrogen atom or SO 3 H.

R1 及R6 分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、CH3 或CF3 ,進而較佳為氫原子。 較佳為選自由R1 與R6 、R2 與R7 、R3 與R8 、R4 與R9 、及R5 與R10 所組成之群中之至少1個組合相同,更佳為R1 與R6 相同,R2 與R7 相同,R3 與R8 相同,R4 與R9 相同,且R5 與R10 相同。R 1 and R 6 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, CH 3 or CF 3 , and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Preferably, at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R 1 and R 6 , R 2 and R 7 , R 3 and R 8 , R 4 and R 9 , and R 5 and R 10 is the same, and more preferably R1 is the same as R6 , R2 is the same as R7 , R3 is the same as R8 , R4 is the same as R9 , and R5 is the same as R10 .

碳數1~12之烷基例如為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、2-甲基丁基、正戊基、2-戊基、3-戊基、2,2-二甲基丙基、正己基、庚基、正辛基、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基或十二烷基。The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, 3-butyl, 2-methylbutyl, n-butyl, etc. Pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, n-octyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, 2-ethyl Hexyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl or dodecyl.

碳數3~12之環烷基例如為環丙基、環丙基甲基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環己基甲基、三甲基環己基、側柏基(thujyl)、降𦯉基、𦯉基、降蒈基(norcaryl)、蒈基、薄荷基、降蒎基(norpinyl)、蒎基、1-金剛烷基或2-金剛烷基。Examples of cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, trimethylcyclohexyl, and thujyl, Norcaryl, Norcaryl, Norcaryl, Carbenyl, Menthyl, Norpinyl, Pinyl, 1-adamantyl or 2-adamantyl.

碳數2~12之烯基例如為乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丙烯-2-基、2-丁烯-1-基、3-丁烯-1-基、1,3-丁二烯-2-基、2-戊烯-1-基、3-戊烯-2-基、2-薄荷基-1-丁烯-3-基、2-甲基-3-丁烯-2-基、3-甲基-2-丁烯-1-基、1,4-戊二烯-3-基、己烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基或十二碳烯基。Examples of alkenyl groups having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include vinyl, allyl, 2-propen-2-yl, 2-buten-1-yl, 3-buten-1-yl, and 1,3-butadiene. -2-yl, 2-penten-1-yl, 3-penten-2-yl, 2-menthyl-1-buten-3-yl, 2-methyl-3-buten-2-yl , 3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, 1,4-pentadien-3-yl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl or dodecenyl.

碳數3~12之環烯基例如為2-環丁烯-1-基、2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基、3-環己烯-1-基、2,4-環己二烯-1-基、1-對薄荷烯-8-基、4(10)-側柏烯-10-基、2-降𦯉烯-1-基、2,5-降𦯉二烯-1-基、7,7-二甲基-2,4-降蒈二烯-3-基或莰烯基(camphenyl)。Examples of the cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include 2-cyclobuten-1-yl, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, and 3-cyclohexen-1-yl. , 2,4-cyclohexadien-1-yl, 1-p-menthene-8-yl, 4(10)-thujen-10-yl, 2-norphen-1-yl, 2,5 -Nordadien-1-yl, 7,7-dimethyl-2,4-norcampadien-3-yl or camphenyl.

碳數2~12之炔基例如為1-丙炔-3-基、1-丁炔-4-基、1-戊炔-5-基、2-甲基-3-丁炔-2-基、1,4-戊二炔-3-基、1,3-戊二炔-5-基、1-己炔-6-基、順-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、反-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、1,3-己二炔-5-基、1-辛炔-8-基、1-壬炔-9-基、1-癸炔-10-基或1-十二碳炔-12-基。Examples of alkynyl groups having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, and 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-yl. , 1,4-pentadiyn-3-yl, 1,3-pentadiyn-5-yl, 1-hexyn-6-yl, cis-3-methyl-2-pentene-4-yne- 1-yl, trans-3-methyl-2-penten-4-yn-1-yl, 1,3-hexadiyn-5-yl, 1-octyn-8-yl, 1-nonyn- 9-yl, 1-decyn-10-yl or 1-dodecyn-12-yl.

鹵素原子例如為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。The halogen atom is, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

上述通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料較佳為下述通式(2)所表示之化合物及/或下述通式(2)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物。The organic black pigment represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) and/or a geometric isomer of the compound represented by the following general formula (2).

[化44] [Chemical 44]

作為此種有機黑色顏料之具體例,可列舉商品名Irgaphor(註冊商標)Black S 0100 CF(BASF公司製造)。 該有機黑色顏料較佳為藉由下述之分散劑、溶劑、方法進行分散而使用。又,若於分散時存在上述通式(2)所表示之化合物或上述通式(2)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物之磺酸衍生物,則存在分散性或保存性提高之情形。 又,作為有機黑色顏料,就光學特性與可靠性之觀點而言,較佳為使用韓國公開專利第10-2018-0052502號公報中記載之有機黑色顏料、或韓國公開專利第10-2018-0052864號公報中記載之有機黑色顏料。Specific examples of such organic black pigments include the trade name Irgaphor (registered trademark) Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF Corporation). The organic black pigment is preferably dispersed using the following dispersants, solvents, and methods. Furthermore, if the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (2) or a sulfonic acid derivative of a geometric isomer of the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (2) is present during dispersion, dispersibility or storage stability may be improved. In addition, as the organic black pigment, from the viewpoint of optical properties and reliability, it is preferable to use the organic black pigment described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2018-0052502, or Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2018-0052864 Organic black pigments recorded in the Gazette No.

又,作為其他有機黑色顏料,亦可列舉:苯胺黑、花青黑、苝黑等。 又,亦可使用作為無機黑色顏料之碳黑。作為碳黑之例,可列舉如下之碳黑。Examples of other organic black pigments include aniline black, cyanine black, perylene black, and the like. In addition, carbon black as an inorganic black pigment can also be used. Examples of carbon black include the following carbon blacks.

三菱化學公司製造:MA7、MA8、MA11、MA77、MA100、MA100R、MA100S、MA220、MA230、MA600、MCF88、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#900、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#2650、#3030、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3400、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、OIL11B、OIL30B、OIL31B Degussa公司製造:Printex(註冊商標,以下相同)3、Printex 3OP、Printex 30、Printex 30OP、Printex 40、Printex 45、Printex 55、Printex 60、Printex 75、Printex 80、Printex 85、Printex 90、Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V、Special Black 550、Special Black 350、Special Black 250、Special Black 100、Special Black 6、Special Black 5、Special Black 4、Color Black FW1、Color Black FW2、Color Black FW2V、Color Black FW18、Color Black FW200、Color Black S160、Color Black S170 Cabot公司製造:Monarch(註冊商標,以下相同)120、Monarch 280、Monarch 460、Monarch 800、Monarch 880、Monarch 900、Monarch 1000、Monarch 1100、Monarch 1300、Monarch 1400、Monarch 4630、REGAL(註冊商標,以下相同)99、REGAL 99R、REGAL 415、REGAL 415R、REGAL 250、REGAL 250R、REGAL 330、REGAL 400R、REGAL 55R0、REGAL 660R、BLACK PEARLS 480、PEARLS 130、VULCAN(註冊商標)XC72R、ELFTEX(註冊商標)-8 Birla公司製造:RAVEN(註冊商標,以下相同)11、RAVEN 14、RAVEN 15、RAVEN 16、RAVEN 22、RAVEN 30、RAVEN 35、RAVEN 40、RAVEN 410、RAVEN 420、RAVEN 450、RAVEN 500、RAVEN 780、RAVEN 850、RAVEN 890H、RAVEN 1000、RAVEN 1020、RAVEN 1040、RAVEN 1060U、RAVEN 1080U、RAVEN 1170、RAVEN 1190U、RAVEN 1250、RAVEN 1500、RAVEN 2000、RAVEN 2500U、RAVEN 3500、RAVEN 5000、RAVEN 5250、RAVEN 5750、RAVEN 7000Manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA7, MA8, MA11, MA77, MA100, MA100R, MA100S, MA220, MA230, MA600, MCF88, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40 , #44, #45, #47, #50, #52, #55, #650, #750, #850, #900, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990, #1000, # 2200, #2300, #2350, #2400, #2600, #2650, #3030, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3400, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B , OIL11B, OIL30B, OIL31B Manufactured by Degussa: Printex (registered trademark, the same below) 3, Printex 3OP, Printex 30, Printex 30OP, Printex 40, Printex 45, Printex 55, Printex 60, Printex 75, Printex 80, Printex 85, Printex 90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U, Printex V, Special Black 550, Special Black 350, Special Black 250, Special Black 100, Special Black 6, Special Black 5, Special Black 4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2 , Color Black FW2V, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170 Manufactured by Cabot Company: Monarch (registered trademark, the same below) 120, Monarch 280, Monarch 460, Monarch 800, Monarch 880, Monarch 900, Monarch 1000, Monarch 1100, Monarch 1300, Monarch 1400, Monarch 4630, REGAL (registered trademark, below) Same) 99, REGAL 99R, REGAL 415, REGAL 415R, REGAL 250, REGAL 250R, REGAL 330, REGAL 400R, REGAL 55R0, REGAL 660R, BLACK PEARLS 480, PEARLS 130, VULCAN (registered trademark) XC72R, ELFTEX (registered trademark) -8 Manufactured by Birla: RAVEN (registered trademark, the same below) 11, RAVEN 14, RAVEN 15, RAVEN 16, RAVEN 22, RAVEN 30, RAVEN 35, RAVEN 40, RAVEN 410, RAVEN 420, RAVEN 450, RAVEN 500, RAVEN 780, RAVEN 850, RAVEN 890H, RAVEN 1000, RAVEN 1020, RAVEN 1040, RAVEN 1060U, RAVEN 1080U, RAVEN 1170, RAVEN 1190U, RAVEN 1250, RAVEN 1500, RAVEN 2000, RAVEN 2500U, RAVEN 3500, RAVEN 5000, RA VEN 5250, RAVEN 5750 , RAVEN 7000

碳黑亦可使用經樹脂被覆者。若使用經樹脂被覆之碳黑,則具有提高對玻璃基板之密接性或體積電阻值之效果。作為經樹脂被覆之碳黑,例如可較佳地使用日本專利特開平09-71733號公報中記載之碳黑等。就體積電阻或介電常數之方面而言,可較佳地使用樹脂被覆碳黑。Carbon black may also be coated with resin. If resin-coated carbon black is used, it has the effect of improving the adhesion to the glass substrate or the volume resistance value. As the resin-coated carbon black, for example, the carbon black described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 09-71733 can be suitably used. In terms of volume resistance or dielectric constant, resin-coated carbon black can be preferably used.

顏料之平均一次粒徑通常為0.2 μm以下、較佳為0.1 μm以下、更佳為0.04 μm以下。顏料之平均一次粒徑係藉由使用穿透式電子顯微鏡(TEM)、或掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM),自其電子顯微鏡照片直接計測一次粒子之大小之方法而測定。將各個顏料粒子之粒徑設為換算為成為相同面積之圓之直徑之等面積圓直徑,對複數個顏料粒子分別求出粒徑後,如下式之計算式所示計算個數平均值而求出平均粒徑。 各個顏料粒子之粒徑: X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 、・・・、Xi 、・・・Xm 平均粒徑=ΣXi /mThe average primary particle size of the pigment is usually 0.2 μm or less, preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.04 μm or less. The average primary particle size of the pigment is measured by directly measuring the size of the primary particles from the electron micrograph using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The particle diameter of each pigment particle is the diameter of an equal-area circle converted into the diameter of a circle of the same area, and the particle diameter is determined for each of the plurality of pigment particles, and the number average is calculated as shown in the calculation formula below. Find the average particle size. Particle size of each pigment particle: X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 ,・・・, X i , ...

又,除了上述之顏料以外,亦可使用染料。作為染料,可列舉:偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰基系染料、次甲基系染料等。 作為偶氮系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.酸性黃11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、C.I.酸性藍29、C.I.直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、C.I.反應性黃2、C.I.反應性紅17、C.I.反應性紅120、C.I.反應性黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、C.I.鹼性藍41、C.I.鹼性紅18、C.I.媒染紅7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7等。In addition to the above-mentioned pigments, dyes may also be used. Examples of dyes include azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, quinone imine dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, carbonyl dyes, methine dyes, and the like. Examples of azo dyes include: C.I. Acid Yellow 11, C.I. Acid Orange 7, C.I. Acid Red 37, C.I. Acid Red 180, C.I. Acid Blue 29, C.I. Direct Red 28, C.I. Direct Red 83, C.I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. Direct Orange 26, C.I. Direct Green 28, C.I. Direct Green 59, C.I. Reactive Yellow 2, C.I. Reactive Red 17, C.I. Reactive Red 120, C.I. Reactive Black 5, C.I. Disperse Orange 5, C.I. Disperse Red 58, C.I. Disperse blue 165, C.I. basic blue 41, C.I. basic red 18, C.I. mordant red 7, C.I. mordant yellow 5, C.I. mordant black 7, etc.

作為蒽醌系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.還原藍4、C.I.酸性藍40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I.反應性藍19、C.I.反應性藍49、C.I.分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、C.I.分散藍60等。 此外,作為酞菁系染料,例如可列舉C.I.還原藍5等,作為醌亞胺系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.鹼性藍3、C.I.鹼性藍9等,作為喹啉系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.溶劑黃33、C.I.酸性黃3、C.I.分散黃64等,作為硝基系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.酸性黃1、C.I.酸性橙3、C.I.分散黃42等。Examples of anthraquinone-based dyes include: C.I. Vat Blue 4, C.I. Acid Blue 40, C.I. Acid Green 25, C.I. Reactive Blue 19, C.I. Reactive Blue 49, C.I. Disperse Red 60, C.I. Disperse Blue 56, C.I. Disperse Blue 60 etc. Examples of phthalocyanine-based dyes include C.I. Vat Blue 5, etc. Examples of quinoneimine-based dyes include C.I. Basic Blue 3, C.I. Basic Blue 9, etc. Examples of quinoline-based dyes include : C.I. Solvent Yellow 33, C.I. Acid Yellow 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 64, etc. Examples of nitro-based dyes include: C.I. Acid Yellow 1, C.I. Acid Orange 3, C.I. Disperse Yellow 42, etc.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中之(E)著色劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於總固形物成分中,通常為1質量%以上,較佳為2質量%以上,更佳為3質量%以上,進而較佳為4質量%以上。又,通常為50質量%以下,較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下,進而較佳為20質量%以下,進而更佳為15質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以下,進而尤佳為8質量%以下,最佳為7質量%以下。例如為1~50質量%、較佳為1~30質量%、更佳為2~25質量%、進而較佳為2~20質量%、進而更佳為3~15質量%、尤佳為3~10質量%、進而尤佳為4~8質量%、最佳為4~7質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在遮光性提高之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在硬化性變得良好,可形成高精細之阻隔壁之傾向。The content ratio of the (E) colorant in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. It is usually 1 mass % or more, preferably 2 mass % or more, and more preferably 3 mass % in the total solid content. mass % or more, and more preferably 4 mass % or more. Moreover, it is usually 50 mass % or less, preferably 30 mass % or less, more preferably 25 mass % or less, still more preferably 20 mass % or less, still more preferably 15 mass % or less, especially 10 mass % or less. , further preferably 8 mass% or less, and most preferably 7 mass% or less. For example, it is 1 to 50 mass %, preferably 1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 2 to 25 mass %, still more preferably 2 to 20 mass %, still more preferably 3 to 15 mass %, especially 3 ~10 mass%, more preferably 4-8 mass%, most preferably 4-7 mass%. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, light-shielding properties tend to be improved, and when the value is equal to or below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hardenability becomes favorable and high-definition barrier ribs tend to be formed.

[1-1-6](F)分散劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物較佳為包含(F)分散劑以使(E)著色劑微細地分散且使其分散狀態穩定化。 作為(F)分散劑,較佳為具有官能基之高分子分散劑,進而就分散穩定性之方面而言,較佳為具有以下等官能基之高分子分散劑:羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或該等之鹽基;一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;來自吡啶、嘧啶、吡𠯤等含氮雜環之基。其中,尤其是具有以下等鹼性官能基之高分子分散劑就使顏料分散時可以少量之分散劑進行分散之觀點而言尤佳:一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;來自吡啶、嘧啶、吡𠯤等含氮雜環之基。[1-1-6](F) Dispersant The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains (F) a dispersant to finely disperse the (E) colorant and stabilize its dispersion state. As the (F) dispersant, a polymer dispersant having a functional group is preferred, and in terms of dispersion stability, a polymer dispersant having the following functional groups is preferred: carboxyl group; phosphoric acid group; sulfonic acid base; or the bases thereof; primary, secondary or tertiary amine groups; quaternary ammonium bases; groups derived from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridine and other nitrogen-containing heterocycles. Among them, polymer dispersants with the following basic functional groups are especially preferred in terms of dispersing pigments with a small amount of dispersant: primary, secondary or tertiary amine groups; quaternary ammonium salt groups ; Derived from the base of nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as pyridine, pyrimidine, and pyridine.

又,作為高分子分散劑,例如可列舉:胺基甲酸酯系分散劑、丙烯酸系分散劑、聚乙烯亞胺系分散劑、聚烯丙基胺系分散劑、包含具有胺基之單體與巨單體之分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙烯二酯系分散劑、聚醚磷酸系分散劑、聚酯磷酸系分散劑、山梨糖醇酐脂肪族酯系分散劑、脂肪族改性聚酯系分散劑等。Examples of polymer dispersants include urethane dispersants, acrylic dispersants, polyethyleneimine dispersants, polyallylamine dispersants, and monomers containing amine groups. Dispersants with macromonomers, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersants, polyoxyethylene diester dispersants, polyether phosphate dispersants, polyester phosphate dispersants, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersants agent, aliphatic modified polyester dispersant, etc.

作為此種分散劑之具體例,以商品名可列舉:EFKA(註冊商標。BASF公司製造)、DISPERBYK(註冊商標。BYK-Chemie公司製造)、Disparlon(註冊商標。楠本化成公司製造)、SOLSPERSE(註冊商標。Lubrizol公司製造)、KP(信越化學工業公司製造)、Polyflow(共榮社化學公司製造)、Ajisper(註冊商標。味之素公司製造)等。 該等高分子分散劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Specific examples of such dispersants include trade names: EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd.), DISPERBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), Disparlon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) Registered trademarks: Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (registered trademark: Ajinomoto Co., Ltd.), etc. One type of these polymer dispersants may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為700以上、較佳為1000以上,又,通常為100000以下、較佳為50000以下。例如,高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為700~100000,更佳為1000~50000。 該等之中,就顏料之分散性之觀點而言,(F)分散劑較佳為包含具有官能基之胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑及丙烯酸系高分子分散劑之任一者或兩者,尤佳為包含丙烯酸系高分子分散劑。 又,就分散性、保存性之方面而言,較佳為具有鹼性官能基且具有聚酯鍵及聚醚鍵之任一者或兩者之高分子分散劑。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is usually 700 or more, preferably 1,000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50,000 or less. For example, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is preferably 700 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000. Among them, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment, the (F) dispersant is preferably any one of a urethane polymer dispersant and an acrylic polymer dispersant having a functional group, or Of the two, it is particularly preferable to include an acrylic polymer dispersant. In terms of dispersibility and storage properties, a polymer dispersant having a basic functional group and either or both of a polyester bond and a polyether bond is preferred.

作為胺基甲酸酯系及丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,例如可列舉:DISPERBYK-160~167、182系列(均為胺基甲酸酯系)、DISPERBYK-2000、2001、BYK-LPN21116等(均為丙烯酸系)(以上全部由BYK-Chemie公司製造)。 若具體例示作為胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑而較佳之化學結構,則可列舉例如藉由使聚異氰酸酯化合物、於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物、及於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物進行反應所得之重量平均分子量1000~200000之分散樹脂等。藉由以氯甲苯等四級化劑對該等進行處理,可使三級胺基之全部或一部分變為四級銨鹽基。Examples of urethane-based and acrylic-based polymer dispersants include: DISPERBYK-160 to 167, 182 series (all urethane-based), DISPERBYK-2000, 2001, BYK-LPN21116, etc. (all urethane-based) Acrylic type) (all of the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie). Specific examples of a preferred chemical structure as a urethane-based polymer dispersant include, for example, a polyisocyanate compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000. Compounds, and dispersion resins with a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000 obtained by reacting compounds with active hydrogen and tertiary amine groups in the same molecule. By treating these with a quaternary agent such as toluene chloride, all or part of the tertiary amine groups can be converted into quaternary ammonium salt groups.

作為上述之聚異氰酸酯化合物之例,可列舉:對苯二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、萘-1,5-二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、離胺酸甲酯二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二聚酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基二甲基環己烷等脂環族二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、α,α,α',α'-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等具有芳香環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯、離胺酸酯三異氰酸酯、1,6,11-十一烷三異氰酸酯、1,8-二異氰酸酯基-4-異氰酸酯基甲基辛烷、1,3,6-六亞甲基三異氰酸酯、雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯、三(異氰酸酯基苯基甲烷)、硫代磷酸三(異氰酸酯基苯基)酯等三異氰酸酯、及該等之三聚物、水加成物、及該等之多元醇加成物等。作為聚異氰酸酯,較佳者為有機二異氰酸酯之三聚物,最佳者為甲苯二異氰酸酯之三聚物與異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the above-mentioned polyisocyanate compounds include terephthalene diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and naphthalene-1,5 -Diisocyanates, benzidine diisocyanate and other aromatic diisocyanates, hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine methyl ester diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer diisocyanate Aliphatic diisocyanates such as isocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω,ω'-diisocyanatodimethylcyclohexane and other alicyclic diisocyanates, Aliphatic diisocyanates with aromatic rings such as xylylene diisocyanate, α,α,α',α'-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, lysate triisocyanate, 1,6,11-deca Monoalkane triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanato-4-isocyanatomethyloctane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, bicycloheptane triisocyanate, tris(isocyanatophenylmethane), Triisocyanates such as tris(isocyanatophenyl)thiophosphate, their trimers, water adducts, and polyol adducts, etc. As the polyisocyanate, a terpolymer of organic diisocyanate is preferred, and a terpolymer of toluene diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate is most preferred. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為異氰酸酯之三聚物之製造方法,可列舉以下方法:對上述聚異氰酸酯類使用適當之三聚化觸媒、例如三級胺類、膦類、烷氧化物類、金屬氧化物、羧酸鹽類等,進行異氰酸酯基之部分之三聚化,藉由觸媒毒之添加使三聚化停止後,藉由溶劑萃取、薄膜蒸餾去除未反應之聚異氰酸酯而獲得目標之含有異氰尿酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯。Examples of methods for producing isocyanate terpolymers include the following: using an appropriate trimerization catalyst, such as tertiary amines, phosphines, alkoxides, metal oxides, and carboxylates, for the above-mentioned polyisocyanates. etc., perform partial trimerization of the isocyanate group, stop the trimerization by adding catalyst poison, and then remove the unreacted polyisocyanate through solvent extraction and thin film distillation to obtain the target isocyanurate-containing Based on polyisocyanate.

作為於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物,可列舉:聚醚二醇、聚酯二醇、聚碳酸酯二醇、聚烯烴二醇等、及將該等化合物之單末端羥基以碳數1~25之烷基進行烷氧基化而成者及該等2種以上之混合物。 作為聚醚二醇,可列舉:聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、及該等2種以上之混合物。作為聚醚二醇,可列舉使環氧烷進行均聚或共聚所得者、例如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、乙二醇-丙二醇共聚物、聚氧四亞甲基二醇、聚氧六亞甲基二醇、聚氧八亞甲基二醇及其等之2種以上之混合物。Examples of compounds having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 include polyether diol, polyester diol, polycarbonate diol, polyolefin diol, etc., and these compounds The single terminal hydroxyl group of these compounds is alkoxylated with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and mixtures of two or more of these compounds. Examples of the polyether diol include polyether diol, polyether ester diol, and mixtures of two or more of these. Examples of the polyether glycol include those obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing alkylene oxide, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, ethylene glycol-propylene glycol copolymer, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, and polyoxyhexamethylene glycol. Methyl glycol, polyoxyoctamethylene glycol and mixtures of two or more thereof.

作為聚醚酯二醇,可列舉藉由使含有醚基之二醇或與其他二醇之混合物與二羧酸或其等之酐進行反應、或使聚酯二醇與環氧烷進行反應所得者、例如聚(聚氧四亞甲基)己二酸酯等。作為聚醚二醇,最佳者為聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧四亞甲基二醇或將該等化合物之單末端羥基以碳數1~25之烷基進行烷氧基化而成之化合物。Examples of polyetherester diols include those obtained by reacting a diol containing an ether group or a mixture with other diols and a dicarboxylic acid or anhydride thereof, or by reacting a polyester diol with an alkylene oxide. For example, poly(polyoxytetramethylene) adipate, etc. As the polyether glycol, the most preferred ones are polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or those obtained by alkoxylating the single terminal hydroxyl group of these compounds with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. into a compound.

作為聚酯二醇,可列舉:使二羧酸(琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、鄰苯二甲酸等)或其等之酐與二醇(乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2,5-二甲基-2,5-己二醇、1,8-八亞甲基二醇、2-甲基-1,8-八亞甲基二醇、1,9-壬二醇等脂肪族二醇、雙羥基甲基環己烷等脂環族二醇、苯二甲醇、雙羥基乙氧基苯等芳香族二醇、N-甲基二乙醇胺等N-烷基二烷醇胺等)進行縮聚所得者、例如聚己二酸乙二酯、聚己二酸丁二酯、聚己二酸己二酯、聚己二酸乙二酯/丙二酯等;或使用上述二醇類或碳數1~25之一元醇作為起始劑所得之聚內酯二醇或聚內酯單醇、例如聚己內酯二醇、聚甲基戊內酯及該等之2種以上之混合物。作為聚酯二醇,最佳者為聚己內酯二醇或使用碳數1~25之醇作為起始劑之聚己內酯。Examples of the polyester diol include dicarboxylic acids (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, etc.) or the like. Anhydrides and glycols (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol Alcohol, 2,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1 ,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-Trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,8 -Aliphatic diols such as octamethylene glycol, 2-methyl-1,8-octamethylene glycol, 1,9-nonanediol, and alicyclic diols such as bishydroxymethylcyclohexane , aromatic diols such as benzenedimethanol and bishydroxyethoxybenzene, N-alkyl dialkanolamines such as N-methyldiethanolamine, etc.), such as polyethylene adipate, polyhexylene adipate Butylene diol, polyhexylene adipate, polyethylene/propylene adipate, etc.; or polyethylene obtained by using the above glycols or monohydric alcohols with 1 to 25 carbon atoms as initiators. Ester diol or polylactone monool, such as polycaprolactone diol, polymethylvalerolactone and mixtures of two or more of these. As the polyester diol, polycaprolactone diol or polycaprolactone using an alcohol having 1 to 25 carbon atoms as a initiator is optimal.

作為聚碳酸酯二醇,可列舉:聚碳酸(1,6-己二酯)、聚碳酸(3-甲基-1,5-戊二酯)等,作為聚烯烴二醇,可列舉:聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚異戊二烯二醇等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the polycarbonate diol include polycarbonate (1,6-hexanediester), polycarbonate (3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol), etc. Examples of the polyolefin diol include: polycarbonate Butadiene glycol, hydrogenated polybutadiene glycol, hydrogenated polyisoprene glycol, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物之數量平均分子量較佳為500~6000、進而較佳為1000~4000。The number average molecular weight of a compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 is preferably 500 to 6,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 4,000.

對同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物進行說明。 作為活性氫、即直接鍵結於氧原子、氮原子或硫原子之氫原子,可列舉羥基、胺基、硫醇基等官能基中之氫原子,其中較佳為胺基、尤其是一級之胺基之氫原子。 三級胺基並無特別限定,例如可列舉具有碳數1~4之烷基之胺基、或雜環結構、更具體而言為咪唑環或三唑環等。Describe compounds that have active hydrogen and tertiary amine groups in the same molecule. As active hydrogen, that is, a hydrogen atom directly bonded to an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, hydrogen atoms in functional groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, and a thiol group may be cited. Among them, the amine group is preferred, especially the primary one. The hydrogen atom of the amine group. The tertiary amino group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic structure, and more specifically, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring.

作為此種於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物,可列舉:N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二甲基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N-二丙基乙二胺、N,N-二丁基乙二胺、N,N-二甲基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,4-丁二胺等。Examples of such compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amine groups in the same molecule include: N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propane Diamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, N,N- Diethylethylenediamine, N,N-dipropylethylenediamine, N,N-dibutylethylenediamine, N,N-dimethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-diamine Ethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine, etc.

又,作為三級胺基為含氮雜環結構之情形時之含氮雜環,可列舉:吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環、苯并㗁唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噻二唑環等含氮雜五員環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、吖啶環、異喹啉環等含氮雜六員環。該等含氮雜環之中,較佳為咪唑環或三唑環。In addition, when the tertiary amino group is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure, examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include: pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, indazole Ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzothezole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzothiadiazole ring and other nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic rings, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, three-membered ring Ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, isoquinoline ring and other nitrogen-containing six-membered rings. Among these nitrogen-containing heterocycles, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring is preferred.

作為具有該等咪唑環與胺基之化合物,可列舉:1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、組胺酸、2-胺基咪唑、1-(2-胺基乙基)咪唑等。 又,作為具有三唑環與胺基之化合物,可列舉:3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、5-(2-胺基-5-氯苯基)-3-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑、4-胺基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3,5-二醇、3-胺基-5-苯基-1H-1,3,4-三唑、5-胺基-1,4-二苯基-1,2,3-三唑、3-胺基-1-苄基-1H-2,4-三唑等。Examples of compounds having such an imidazole ring and an amino group include 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, 1-(2-aminoethyl)imidazole, and the like. Furthermore, examples of compounds having a triazole ring and an amino group include: 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 5-(2-amino-5-chlorophenyl)-3-phenyl- 1H-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1H-1,3, 4-triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3-triazole, 3-amino-1-benzyl-1H-2,4-triazole, etc.

作為於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物,較佳為N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。As a compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amine group in the same molecule, N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine and N,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine are preferred. , 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

關於製造胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑時之原料之較佳之調配比率,相對於聚異氰酸酯化合物100質量份,於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10000之化合物為10~200質量份、較佳為20~190質量份、進而較佳為30~180質量份,於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物為0.2~25質量份、較佳為0.3~24質量份。A preferable blending ratio of raw materials for producing a urethane-based polymer dispersant is a compound with a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyisocyanate compound. It is 10 to 200 parts by mass, preferably 20 to 190 parts by mass, and further preferably 30 to 180 parts by mass, and the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule is 0.2 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 0.3~24 parts by mass.

胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑之製造係依照聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂製造之公知之方法進行。作為製造時之溶劑,通常使用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、異佛爾酮等酮類、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸溶纖劑等酯類、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷等烴類、二丙酮醇、異丙醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等一部分之醇類、二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯化物、四氫呋喃、二乙醚等醚類、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。The production of the urethane polymer dispersant is carried out according to the well-known method for the production of polyurethane resin. As solvents during production, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and cellosolve acetate are usually used. Esters such as agents, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and hexane, some alcohols such as diacetone alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, 2-butanol, 3-butanol, etc., chlorides such as methylene chloride, chloroform, etc. Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether, aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and dimethylstyrene, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

於上述製造時,通常使用胺基甲酸酯化反應觸媒。作為該觸媒,例如可列舉:二月桂酸二丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫、二辛酸二丁基錫、辛酸亞錫等錫系、乙醯丙酮酸鐵、氯化鐵等鐵系、三乙基胺、三乙二胺等三級胺系等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。In the above production, a urethanization reaction catalyst is usually used. Examples of the catalyst include: tin-based catalysts such as dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dioctoate, and stannous octoate; iron-based catalysts such as acetyl iron pyruvate and ferric chloride; triethyl alcohol; Tertiary amines such as amine, triethylenediamine, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物之導入量以反應後之胺值計,較佳為1~100 mgKOH/g、更佳為5~95 mgKOH/g。胺值係藉由酸對鹼性胺基進行中和滴定,對應於酸值以KOH之mg數所表示之值。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在分散能力良化之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影性良化之傾向。The introduction amount of the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule is preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g, more preferably 5 to 95 mgKOH/g, based on the amine value after the reaction. The amine value is a neutralization titration of a basic amine group by an acid, and corresponds to the acid value expressed in mg of KOH. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the dispersion ability tends to be improved, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, the developability tends to be improved.

再者,於因以上之反應而於高分子分散劑中殘存異氰酸酯基之情形時,若進而利用醇或胺基化合物使異氰酸酯基惰性化,則產物之經時穩定性變高,故而較佳。 胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1000~200000、較佳為2000~100000、更佳為3000~50000之範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在分散性及分散穩定性良化之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在溶解性提高,分散性良化之傾向。Furthermore, when an isocyanate group remains in the polymer dispersant due to the above reaction, it is preferable to further inert the isocyanate group using an alcohol or an amine compound because the stability of the product over time becomes higher. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the urethane polymer dispersant is usually in the range of 1,000 to 200,000, preferably 2,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the dispersibility and dispersion stability tend to be improved, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for solubility to improve and dispersion property to be improved.

作為丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,較佳為使用具有官能基(此處所謂之官能基係作為高分子分散劑中含有之官能基而上述之官能基)之含有不飽和基之單體、與不具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體之無規共聚物、接枝共聚物、嵌段共聚物。該等共聚物可利用公知之方法而製造。As the acrylic polymer dispersant, it is preferable to use an unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group (the functional group here refers to the functional group mentioned above as a functional group contained in the polymer dispersant), and an unsaturated group. Random copolymers, graft copolymers, and block copolymers of monomers containing unsaturated groups with functional groups. These copolymers can be produced by known methods.

作為具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、丙烯酸二聚物等具有羧基之不飽和單體、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯及該等之四級化物等三級胺基、具有四級銨鹽基之不飽和單體作為具體例。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinic acid, and 2-(meth)acryloxyethylphthalate. Dicarboxylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, acrylic acid dimer and other unsaturated monomers with carboxyl groups, (meth)acrylic acid dimethylaminoethyl ester, (methyl ) Diethylaminoethyl acrylate and unsaturated monomers having tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups such as these quaternary compounds are given as specific examples. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

作為不具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異𦯉酯、三環癸烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺等N-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯及聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯巨單體、聚乙二醇巨單體、聚丙二醇巨單體、聚己內酯巨單體等巨單體等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having no functional group include: (methylmeth)acrylate, ethyl(meth)acrylate, propyl(meth)acrylate, isopropyl(meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, cyclo(meth)acrylate Hexyl ester, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isoester (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (Meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene and its derivatives, α-methylstyrene, N-cyclohexylmaleimide , N-phenylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide and other N-substituted maleimides, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate and poly(meth)acrylic acid methyl Ester macromonomer, polystyrene macromonomer, poly(meth)acrylate macromonomer, polyethylene glycol macromonomer, polypropylene glycol macromonomer, polycaprolactone macromonomer, etc. Monomer etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

丙烯酸系高分子分散劑尤佳為包含具有官能基之A嵌段與不具有官能基之B嵌段之A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物,於該情形時,A嵌段中除了來自上述包含官能基之含有不飽和基之單體之部分結構以外,亦可包含來自上述不包含官能基之含有不飽和基之單體之部分結構,該等可於A嵌段中以無規共聚或嵌段共聚之任一形態含有。又,不包含官能基之部分結構於A嵌段中之含量通常為80質量%以下,較佳為50質量%以下、進而較佳為30質量%以下。The acrylic polymer dispersant is particularly preferably an A-B or B-A-B block copolymer containing an A block with a functional group and a B block without a functional group. In this case, in addition to the above-mentioned A block containing the functional group, the acrylic polymer dispersant In addition to the partial structure of the unsaturated group-containing monomer, it may also include partial structures derived from the above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing monomers that do not contain functional groups. These can be randomly copolymerized or block copolymerized in the A block. Any form contains. Moreover, the content of the partial structure not containing a functional group in the A block is usually 80 mass% or less, preferably 50 mass% or less, and further preferably 30 mass% or less.

B嵌段係包含來自上述不包含官能基之含有不飽和基之單體之部分結構者,可於1個B嵌段中含有來自2種以上之單體之部分結構,該等可於B嵌段中以無規共聚或嵌段共聚之任一形態含有。 A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物例如藉由以下所示之活性聚合法而製備。 活性聚合法有陰離子活性聚合法、陽離子活性聚合法、自由基活性聚合法。The B block contains partial structures derived from the above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing monomers that do not contain functional groups. One B block may contain partial structures derived from two or more monomers. These may be included in the B block. The segments are contained in any form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. A-B or B-A-B block copolymers are prepared, for example, by the living polymerization method shown below. Living polymerization methods include anionic living polymerization, cationic living polymerization, and free radical living polymerization.

於合成該丙烯酸系高分子分散劑時,可採用日本專利特開平9-62002號公報、或P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985),18, 1037 (1986),右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36, 366 (1987), 東村敏延、澤本光男、高分子論文集、46, 189 (1989), M. Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 109, 4737 (1987)、相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化學、43, 300 (1985), D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987)等中記載之公知之方法。When synthesizing the acrylic polymer dispersant, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-62002, or P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986), Koichi Shou, Koichi Hatada, Polymolecular Processing , 36, 366 (1987), Toshinobu Higashimura, Mitsuo Sawamoto, Polymer Papers, 46, 189 (1989), M. Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 109, 4737 (1987), A well-known method described in Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987), etc.

可於本發明中使用之丙烯酸系高分子分散劑可為A-B嵌段共聚物,亦可為B-A-B嵌段共聚物,構成該共聚物之A嵌段/B嵌段比較佳為1/99~80/20、尤其是5/95~60/40(質量比),藉由設為該範圍內,存在可確保分散性與保存穩定性之平衡之傾向。 又,可於本發明中使用之A-B嵌段共聚物、B-A-B嵌段共聚物1 g中之四級銨鹽基之量通常較佳為0.1~10 mmol,藉由設為該範圍內,存在可確保良好之分散性之傾向。The acrylic polymer dispersant that can be used in the present invention can be an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. The A block/B block ratio constituting the copolymer is preferably 1/99 to 80. /20, especially 5/95 to 60/40 (mass ratio), by setting it within this range, there is a tendency to ensure a balance between dispersibility and storage stability. In addition, the amount of the quaternary ammonium salt group in 1 g of the A-B block copolymer and B-A-B block copolymer that can be used in the present invention is usually preferably 0.1 to 10 mmol. By setting it within this range, there can be Ensure good dispersion tendency.

再者,於此種嵌段共聚物中,通常存在含有製造過程中產生之胺基之情形,其胺值為1~100 mgKOH/g左右,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上、更佳為30 mgKOH/g以上、進而較佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為90 mgKOH/g以下、更佳為80 mgKOH/g以下、進而較佳為75 mgKOH/g以下。例如,較佳為10~90 mgKOH/g、更佳為30~80 mgKOH/g、進而較佳為50~75 mgKOH/g。 此處,該等嵌段共聚物等分散劑之胺值係以與分散劑試樣中之溶劑以外之固形物成分每1 g之鹼量相當量之KOH之質量表示,藉由如下之方法測定。 精確稱量分散劑試樣之0.5~1.5 g置於100 mL之燒杯中,利用50 mL之乙酸進行溶解。使用具備pH值電極之自動滴定裝置,以0.1 mol/L之HClO4 乙酸溶液對該溶液進行中和滴定。將滴定pH值曲線之反曲點設為滴定終點,藉由下式求出胺值。Furthermore, such block copolymers often contain amine groups generated during the manufacturing process, and their amine value is about 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. From the perspective of dispersion, 10 mgKOH is preferred. /g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and preferably 90 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 75 mgKOH/g g below. For example, 10 to 90 mgKOH/g is preferred, 30 to 80 mgKOH/g is more preferred, and 50 to 75 mgKOH/g is still more preferred. Here, the amine value of dispersants such as block copolymers is expressed as the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali per 1 g of the solid component other than the solvent in the dispersant sample, and is measured by the following method . Accurately weigh 0.5 to 1.5 g of the dispersant sample into a 100 mL beaker, and dissolve it with 50 mL of acetic acid. Use an automatic titration device equipped with a pH value electrode to neutralize and titrate the solution with 0.1 mol/L HClO 4 acetic acid solution. The inflection point of the titration pH value curve is set as the titration end point, and the amine value is calculated by the following formula.

胺值[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) [其中,W表示分散劑試樣稱取量[g]、V表示滴定終點之滴定量[mL]、S表示分散劑試樣之固形物成分濃度[質量%]] 又,該嵌段共聚物之酸值亦取決於成為該酸值之基礎之酸性基之有無及種類,但一般較低為宜,通常為10 mgKOH/g以下。又,嵌段共聚物之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1000~100000之範圍。藉由將嵌段共聚物之酸值及重量平均分子量設為上述範圍內,存在可確保良好之分散性之傾向。Amine value [mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) [Wherein, W represents the weighed amount of the dispersant sample [g], V represents the titration end point of the titration [mL], and S represents the solid content concentration of the dispersant sample [mass %]] In addition, the acid value of the block copolymer also depends on the presence and type of acidic groups that form the basis of the acid value, but is generally preferably low, usually 10 mgKOH/g or less. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the block copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000. By setting the acid value and weight average molecular weight of the block copolymer within the above ranges, good dispersibility tends to be ensured.

於具有四級銨鹽基作為官能基之情形時,關於高分子分散劑之具體之結構並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(i)所表示之重複單元(以下,存在稱為「重複單元(i)」之情況)。In the case of having a quaternary ammonium salt group as a functional group, the specific structure of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion, it is preferred to have a repeating structure represented by the following formula (i) unit (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "repeating unit (i)").

[化45] [Chemical 45]

於上述式(i)中,R31 ~R33 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基; R31 ~R33 中之2個以上可相互鍵結而形成環狀結構; R34 為氫原子或甲基; X為2價之連結基; Y- 為抗衡陰離子。In the above formula (i), R 31 to R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, an aryl group that may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group that may have a substituent; R 31 to R More than two of 33 can bond with each other to form a cyclic structure; R 34 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X is a divalent linking group; Y - is a counter anion.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,為1以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。例如為1~10,較佳為1~6。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。The carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 1-6. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. , butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may also be included.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如為6~16、較佳為6~12。作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。The carbon number of the aryl group which may have a substituent among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, it is 6-16, Preferably it is 6-12. Specific examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Among these, preferred are Phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl or ethylphenyl.

上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如為7~16、較佳為7~12。作為芳烷基之具體例,可列舉:苯基甲基(苄基)、苯基乙基(苯乙基)、苯基丙基、苯基丁基、苯基異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基甲基、苯基乙基、苯基丙基、或苯基丁基,更佳為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基。The carbon number of the optionally substituted aralkyl group among R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, it is 7-16, Preferably it is 7-12. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethyl (benzyl), phenylethyl (phenylethyl), phenylpropyl, phenylbutyl, phenylisopropyl, and the like. Among them, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, or phenylbutyl is preferred, and phenylmethyl or phenylethyl is more preferred.

該等之中,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為R31 ~R33 分別獨立地為烷基、或芳烷基,具體而言,較佳為R31 及R33 分別獨立地為甲基、或乙基,且R32 為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基,進而較佳為R31 及R33 為甲基,且R32 為苯基甲基。Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R 31 to R 33 each independently be an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. Specifically, it is preferable that R 31 and R 33 each independently be a methyl group. group, or ethyl group, and R 32 is phenylmethyl or phenylethyl, more preferably, R 31 and R 33 are methyl, and R 32 is phenylmethyl.

又,於上述高分子分散劑具有三級胺作為官能基之情形時,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(ii)所表示之重複單元(以下,存在稱為「重複單元(ii)」之情況)。In addition, when the above-mentioned polymer dispersant has a tertiary amine as a functional group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (ii) (hereinafter, the presence of a repeating unit is referred to as "repeating unit"). unit (ii)").

[化46] [Chemical 46]

於上述式(ii)中,R35 及R36 分別獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基; R35 及R36 可相互鍵結而形成環狀結構; R37 為氫原子或甲基; Z為2價之連結基。In the above formula (ii), R 35 and R 36 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent; R 35 and R 36 can bond with each other to form a cyclic structure; R 37 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Z is a divalent linking group.

作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。 作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之芳基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。 作為上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 所例示者。As the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used. As the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) are preferably used. As the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) are preferably used.

該等之中,較佳為R35 及R36 分別獨立地為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為甲基、或乙基。Among these, it is preferable that R 35 and R 36 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

作為上述式(i)之R31 ~R33 及上述式(ii)之R35 及R36 中之烷基、芳烷基或芳基可具有之取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、苯甲醯基、羥基等。Examples of substituents that the alkyl group, aralkyl group or aryl group in R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) and R 35 and R 36 in the above formula (ii) may have include: halogen atom, alkoxy group , benzyl group, hydroxyl group, etc.

於上述式(i)及(ii)中,作為2價之連結基X及Z,例如可列舉:碳數1~10之伸烷基、碳數6~12之伸芳基、-CONH-R43 -基、-COOR44 -基[其中,R43 及R44 為單鍵、碳數1~10之伸烷基、或碳數2~10之醚基(烷氧基烷基)]等,較佳為-COO-R44 -基。 又,於上述式(i)中,作為抗衡陰離子之Y- ,可列舉:Cl- 、Br- 、I- 、ClO4 - 、BF4 - 、CH3 COO- 、PF6 - 等。In the above formulas (i) and (ii), examples of the divalent linking groups X and Z include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and -CONH-R. 43 -yl, -COOR 44 -yl [wherein R 43 and R 44 are a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an ether group (alkoxyalkyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms)], etc., Preferred is -COO-R 44 - group. In addition, in the above formula (i), examples of the counter anion Y - include Cl - , Br - , I - , ClO 4 - , BF 4 - , CH 3 COO - , PF 6 - , etc.

上述式(i)所表示之重複單元之含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,相對於上述式(i)所表示之重複單元之含有比率與上述式(ii)所表示之重複單元之含有比率之合計,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為50莫耳%以下,進而較佳為40莫耳%以下,尤佳為35莫耳%以下,又,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為30莫耳%以上。例如為5~60莫耳%、較佳為10~50莫耳%、更佳為20~40莫耳%、進而較佳為30~35莫耳%。The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersion, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) is the same as the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (ii). The total content ratio of the repeating units is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, further preferably 40 mol% or less, particularly preferably 35 mol% or less, and more preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, especially 30 mol% or more. For example, it is 5 to 60 mol%, preferably 10 to 50 mol%, more preferably 20 to 40 mol%, and still more preferably 30 to 35 mol%.

又,高分子分散劑之總重複單元中所占之上述式(i)所表示之重複單元之含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上,又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為30莫耳%以下,進而較佳為20莫耳%以下,尤佳為15莫耳%以下。例如為1~50莫耳%、較佳為5~30莫耳%、更佳為10~20莫耳%、進而較佳為10~15莫耳%。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by the above formula (i) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, still more preferably 20 mol% or less, especially preferably It is less than 15 mol%. For example, it is 1 to 50 mol%, preferably 5 to 30 mol%, more preferably 10 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 10 to 15 mol%.

又,高分子分散劑之總重複單元中所占之上述式(ii)所表示之重複單元之含有比率並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為15莫耳%以上,尤佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為40莫耳%以下,進而較佳為30莫耳%以下,尤佳為25莫耳%以下。例如為5~60莫耳%、較佳為10~40莫耳%、更佳為15~30莫耳%、進而較佳為20~25莫耳%。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by the above formula (ii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably It is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, especially 20 mol% or more, and preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, still more preferably It is 30 mol% or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 25 mol% or less. For example, it is 5 to 60 mol%, preferably 10 to 40 mol%, more preferably 15 to 30 mol%, and still more preferably 20 to 25 mol%.

又,就提高對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為具有下述式(iii)所表示之重複單元(以下,存在稱為「重複單元(iii)」之情況)。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with binder components such as solvents and improving dispersion stability, the polymer dispersant preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (iii) (hereinafter, the presence of a repeating unit is referred to as "repeating unit"). unit (iii)").

[化47] [Chemical 47]

於上述式(iii)中,R40 為伸乙基或伸丙基; R41 為可具有取代基之烷基; R42 為氫原子或甲基; n為1~20之整數。In the above formula (iii), R 40 is an ethylene group or a propylene group; R 41 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent; R 42 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; n is an integer from 1 to 20.

上述式(iii)之R41 中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~6。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為2~6。The carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 41 of the above formula (iii) is not particularly limited, but is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-6. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. , butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may also be included. For example, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6.

又,就對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散性之觀點而言,上述式(iii)中之n為1以上,較佳為2以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下。例如為1~10、較佳為2~5。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility of binder components such as solvents, n in the above formula (iii) is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5. the following. For example, it is 1-10, Preferably it is 2-5.

又,高分子分散劑之總重複單元中所占之上述式(iii)所表示之重複單元之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為4莫耳%以上,又,較佳為30莫耳%以下,更佳為20莫耳%以下,進而較佳為10莫耳%以下。例如為1~30莫耳%、較佳為2~20莫耳%、更佳為4~10莫耳%。藉由設為上述範圍內,存在能夠兼顧對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散穩定性之傾向。例如,高分子分散劑之總重複單元中所占之上述式(iii)所表示之重複單元之含有比率較佳為1~30莫耳%,更佳為2~20莫耳%,進而較佳為4~10莫耳%。In addition, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by the above formula (iii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 4 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less. For example, it is 1 to 30 mol%, preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and more preferably 4 to 10 mol%. By setting it within the above range, there is a tendency that both compatibility with binder components such as solvents and dispersion stability can be achieved. For example, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by the above formula (iii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably It is 4~10 mol%.

又,就提高分散劑對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為具有下述式(iv)所表示之重複單元(以下,存在稱為「重複單元(iv)」之情況)。In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with binder components such as solvents and improving the dispersion stability, the polymer dispersant preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (iv) (hereinafter, there is "Repeating unit (iv)").

[化48] [Chemical 48]

於上述式(iv)中,R38 為可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基; R39 為氫原子或甲基。In the above formula (iv), R 38 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent; R 39 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為4以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為8以下。作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀結構。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為2~8,進而較佳為4~8。The carbon number of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and preferably 10 or less, and more preferably The best value is below 8. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and the like. Among these, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred. , butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Moreover, it may be either linear or branched. Furthermore, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may also be included. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and still more preferably 4 to 8.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。例如,芳基之碳數較佳為6~16,更佳為6~12,進而較佳為8~12。The carbon number of the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less. . Specific examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Among these, preferred are Phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl or ethylphenyl. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 8 to 12.

上述式(iv)之R38 中之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為10以下。作為芳烷基之具體例,可列舉:苯基甲基(苄基)、苯基乙基(苯乙基)、苯基丙基、苯基丁基、苯基異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基甲基、苯基乙基、苯基丙基、或苯基丁基,更佳為苯基甲基、或苯基乙基。例如,芳烷基之碳數較佳為7~16,更佳為7~12,進而較佳為7~10。The carbon number of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, but is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 10 the following. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethyl (benzyl), phenylethyl (phenylethyl), phenylpropyl, phenylbutyl, phenylisopropyl, and the like. Among them, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, or phenylbutyl is preferred, and phenylmethyl or phenylethyl is more preferred. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 16, more preferably 7 to 12, and still more preferably 7 to 10.

該等之中,就溶劑相溶性與分散穩定性之觀點而言,R38 較佳為烷基、或芳烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、或苯基甲基。 作為R38 中之烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,作為芳基或芳烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉鏈狀之烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,R38 所示之鏈狀之烷基中包含直鏈狀及支鏈狀之兩者。Among them, from the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 38 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenylmethyl group. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group in R 38 may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and the like. In addition, examples of substituents that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include chain alkyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, and the like. In addition, the chain alkyl group represented by R 38 includes both linear and branched chains.

又,就分散性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑之總重複單元中所占之上述式(iv)所表示之重複單元之含有比率較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為40莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。例如為30~80莫耳%、較佳為40~80莫耳%、更佳為50~70莫耳%。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by the above formula (iv) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol%. % or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, and preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less. For example, it is 30-80 mol%, preferably 40-80 mol%, more preferably 50-70 mol%.

高分子分散劑亦可具有重複單元(i)、重複單元(ii)、重複單元(iii)及重複單元(iv)以外之重複單元。作為此種重複單元之例,可列舉來自以下等單體之重複單元:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉。The polymer dispersant may also have repeating units other than repeating unit (i), repeating unit (ii), repeating unit (iii) and repeating unit (iv). Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the following monomers: styrenic monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylic acid salts such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; Monomers; (meth)acrylamide-based monomers such as (meth)acrylamide and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl crotonate Ether; N-methacrylyl 𠰌line.

就進一步提高分散性之觀點而言,高分子分散劑較佳為包含具有重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)之A嵌段與不具有重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)之B嵌段之嵌段共聚物。嵌段共聚物較佳為A-B嵌段共聚物或B-A-B嵌段共聚物。藉由向A嵌段不僅導入四級銨鹽基亦導入三級胺基,意外地存在分散劑之分散能力明顯提高之傾向。又,B嵌段較佳為具有重複單元(iii),更佳為進而具有重複單元(iv)。From the viewpoint of further improving dispersion, the polymer dispersant preferably contains an A block having repeating units (i) and repeating units (ii) and a B block having no repeating units (i) and repeating units (ii). Block copolymer. The block copolymer is preferably an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. By introducing not only a quaternary ammonium salt group but also a tertiary amine group into the A block, the dispersing ability of the dispersant tends to be significantly improved unexpectedly. Moreover, it is preferable that the B block has the repeating unit (iii), and it is more preferable that it has the repeating unit (iv).

於A嵌段中,重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)可以無規共聚、嵌段共聚之任一形態含有。又,重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)可於1個A嵌段中分別含有2種以上,於該情形時,各重複單元可於A嵌段中以無規共聚、嵌段共聚之任一形態含有。In the A block, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) may be contained in any form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. In addition, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) may each contain two or more types in one A block. In this case, each repeating unit may be randomly copolymerized or block copolymerized in the A block. Contains any form.

又,亦可於A嵌段中含有重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)以外之重複單元,作為此種重複單元之例,可列舉上述之來自(甲基)丙烯酸酯系單體之重複單元等。重複單元(i)及重複單元(ii)以外之重複單元於A嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%、更佳為0~20莫耳%,最佳為該重複單元不含於A嵌段中。Furthermore, the A block may contain repeating units other than the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii). Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate monomers. Unit etc. The content of repeating units other than repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and most preferably the repeating unit does not contain in the A block.

亦可於B嵌段中含有重複單元(iii)及(iv)以外之重複單元,作為此種重複單元之例,可列舉來自以下等單體之重複單元:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉。重複單元(iii)及重複單元(iv)以外之重複單元於B嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%、更佳為0~20莫耳%,最佳為該重複單元不含於B嵌段中。The B block may also contain repeating units other than repeating units (iii) and (iv). Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the following monomers: styrene, α-methylstyrene Styrene-based monomers; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylyl chloride; (meth)acrylamide-based monomers such as (meth)acrylamide and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide Monomer; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; N-methacrylamide. The content of repeating units other than repeating unit (iii) and repeating unit (iv) in the B block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and most preferably the repeating unit does not contain in the B block.

於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有(F)分散劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.5質量%以上,又,較佳為8質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下,進而較佳為3質量%以下,尤佳為2質量%以下。例如為0.1~8質量%、較佳為0.1~5質量%、更佳為0.5~3質量%、進而較佳為0.5~2質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可抑制由凝聚物引起之殘渣產生之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性或顯影性提高之傾向。When the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains (F) a dispersant, its content ratio is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 mass % or more in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 0.5 mass % or more, and more preferably, it is 8 mass % or less, more preferably 5 mass % or less, further preferably 3 mass % or less, especially 2 mass % or less. For example, it is 0.1-8 mass %, Preferably it is 0.1-5 mass %, More preferably, it is 0.5-3 mass %, Even more preferably, it is 0.5-2 mass %. By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, there exists a tendency that the generation of residues due to aggregates can be suppressed, and by setting it below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for ink repellency or developability to improve.

[1-1-7]紫外線吸收劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物亦可含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑係出於以下之目的而添加者:藉由利用紫外線吸收劑吸收曝光中使用之光源之特定之波長而控制光硬化分佈。藉由紫外線吸收劑之添加,可獲得以下等效果:形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁,或去除顯影後殘留於非曝光部之殘渣。作為紫外線吸收劑,就(B)光聚合起始劑之光吸收之抑制之觀點而言,例如可使用於波長250 nm至400 nm之間具有吸收極大之化合物。 作為紫外線吸收劑,較理想為包含苯并三唑系化合物及三𠯤系化合物之任一者或兩者。認為藉由包含苯并三唑系化合物及三𠯤系化合物之任一者或兩者,起始劑於膜底部之光吸收率減少,塗膜下部之線寬變小,藉此可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁。[1-1-7]UV absorber The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may also contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is added for the purpose of controlling the photohardening distribution by absorbing a specific wavelength of the light source used for exposure using the ultraviolet absorber. By adding ultraviolet absorbers, the following effects can be achieved: forming high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths, or removing residue remaining in non-exposed areas after development. As the ultraviolet absorber, from the viewpoint of suppressing the light absorption of the (B) photopolymerization initiator, for example, a compound having an absorption maximum between 250 nm and 400 nm in wavelength can be used. The ultraviolet absorber preferably contains any one or both of a benzotriazole-based compound and a tristriazole-based compound. It is believed that by including either or both benzotriazole-based compounds and tristriazole-based compounds, the light absorption rate of the initiator at the bottom of the film is reduced, and the line width at the bottom of the coating film becomes smaller, thereby forming a line width A thinner, high-definition barrier.

作為苯并三唑系化合物,可列舉:2-(5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2-羥基-5-第三丁基苯基)-2H-苯并三唑、3-[3-第三丁基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4-羥基苯基]丙酸辛酯、3-[3-第三丁基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4-羥基苯基]丙酸乙基己酯、2-[2-羥基-3,5-雙(α,α-二甲基苄基)苯基]-2H-苯并三唑、2-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(3,5-二-第三戊基-2-羥基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-5'-第三辛基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-雙(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)苯酚、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)-4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)苯酚、3-[3-第三丁基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4-羥基苯基]丙酸與C7-9直鏈及支鏈烷基醇之酯化合物。Examples of benzotriazole compounds include: 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzene Triazole, 3-[3-tertiary butyl-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]octyl propionate, 3-[3-tertiary acid Butyl-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]propionic acid ethylhexyl ester, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5-bis(α, α-Dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 -(3,5-Di-tertiary pentyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-tertiary octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-( 2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-( 1-Methyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol, 3-[3-tert-butyl-5-(5-chloro-2H -Ester compounds of -benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl]propionic acid and C7-9 linear and branched chain alkyl alcohols.

作為市售之苯并三唑系化合物,例如可列舉:SUMISORB(註冊商標,以下相同)200、SUMISORB250、SUMISORB300、SUMISORB340、SUMISORB350(住友化學製造)、JF77、JF78、JF79、JF80、JF83(城北化學工業製造)、TINUVIN(註冊商標,以下相同)PS、TINUVIN99-2、TINUVIN109、TINUVIN384-2、TINUVIN326、TINUVIN900、TINUVIN928、TINUVIN1130(BASF製造)、EVERSORB70、EVERSORB71、EVERSORB72、EVERSORB73、EVERSORB74、EVERSORB75、EVERSORB76、EVERSORB234、EVERSORB77、EVERSORB78、EVERSORB80、EVERSORB81(臺灣永光化學工業製造)、TOMISORB(註冊商標,以下相同)100、TOMISORB600(API Corporation製造)、SEESORB(註冊商標,以下相同)701、SEESORB702、SEESORB703、SEESORB704、SEESORB706、SEESORB707、SEESORB709(Shipro Kasei製造)、RUVA-93(大塚化學股份有限公司)等。Examples of commercially available benzotriazole compounds include SUMISORB (registered trademark, the same below) 200, SUMISORB250, SUMISORB300, SUMISORB340, SUMISORB350 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), JF77, JF78, JF79, JF80, JF83 (Johoku Chemical) Industrial manufacturing), TINUVIN (registered trademark, the same below) PS, TINUVIN99-2, TINUVIN109, TINUVIN384-2, TINUVIN326, TINUVIN900, TINUVIN928, TINUVIN1130 (manufactured by BASF), EVERSORB70, EVERSORB71, EVERSORB72, EVERSORB73, EVERSORB74, EVERSORB75, EVERSORB76 , EVERSORB234, EVERSORB77, EVERSORB78, EVERSORB80, EVERSORB81 (manufactured by Taiwan Yongguang Chemical Industry), TOMISORB (registered trademark, the same below) 100, TOMISORB600 (manufactured by API Corporation), SEESORB (registered trademark, the same below) 701, SEESORB702, SEESORB703, SEESORB704, SEESORB706, SEESORB707, SEESORB709 (manufactured by Shipro Kasei), RUVA-93 (Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為三𠯤系化合物,可列舉:2-[4,6-二(2,4-二甲苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2-基]-5-辛氧基苯酚、2-[4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2-基]-5-[3-(十二烷氧基)-2-羥基丙氧基]苯酚、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤與2-乙基己基縮水甘油醚之反應產物、2,4-雙[2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基]-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3-5-三𠯤等。該等之中,就撥墨水性與形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之觀點而言,較佳為羥基苯基三𠯤化合物。 作為市售之三𠯤系化合物,例如可列舉:TINUVIN400、TINUVIN405、TINUVIN460、TINUVIN477、TINUVIN479(BASF製造)等。Examples of trisulfonate-based compounds include: 2-[4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisaccharide-2-yl]-5-octyloxyphenol, 2- [4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris-2-yl]-5-[3-(dodecyloxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy base]phenol, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trihydroxyphenyl and 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl The reaction product of ether, 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl]-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3-5-trihydroxyphenyl, etc. Among these, the hydroxyphenyltrifluoroethylene compound is preferred from the viewpoint of ink repellency and formation of high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths. Examples of commercially available tertiary compounds include TINUVIN400, TINUVIN405, TINUVIN460, TINUVIN477, and TINUVIN479 (manufactured by BASF).

作為其他紫外線吸收劑,可列舉:二苯甲酮化合物、苯甲酸酯化合物、桂皮酸衍生物、萘衍生物、蒽及其衍生物、二萘化合物、啡啉化合物、染料等。 更具體而言,例如可列舉:SUMISORB130(住友化學製造)、EVERSORB10、EVERSORB11、EVERSORB12(臺灣永光化學工業製造)、TOMISORB800(API Corporation製造)、SEESORB100、SEESORB101、SEESORB101S、SEESORB102、SEESORB103、SEESORB105、SEESORB106、SEESORB107、SEESORB151(Shipro Kasei製造)等二苯甲酮化合物;SUMISORB400(住友化學製造)、水楊酸苯酯等苯甲酸酯化合物;桂皮酸2-乙基己酯、對甲氧基桂皮酸2-乙基己酯、甲氧基桂皮酸異丙酯、甲氧基桂皮酸異戊酯等桂皮酸衍生物;α-萘酚、β-萘酚、α-萘酚甲醚、α-萘酚乙醚、1,2-二羥基萘、1,3-二羥基萘、1,4-二羥基萘、1,5-二羥基萘、1,6-二羥基萘、1,7-二羥基萘、1,8-二羥基萘、2,3-二羥基萘、2,6-二羥基萘、2,7-二羥基萘等萘衍生物;蒽、9,10-二羥基蒽等蒽及其衍生物;偶氮系染料、二苯甲酮系染料、胺基酮系染料、喹啉系染料、蒽醌系染料、二苯基氰基丙烯酸酯系染料、三𠯤系染料、對胺基苯甲酸系染料等染料等。該等之中,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為使用桂皮酸衍生物、萘衍生物,尤佳為使用桂皮酸衍生物。 該等光吸收劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of other ultraviolet absorbers include benzophenone compounds, benzoate compounds, cinnamic acid derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene and its derivatives, dinaphthalene compounds, phenanthroline compounds, dyes, and the like. More specifically, examples include SUMISORB130 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), EVERSORB10, EVERSORB11, EVERSORB12 (manufactured by Taiwan Ever-Kwang Chemical Industry), TOMISORB800 (manufactured by API Corporation), SEESORB100, SEESORB101, SEESORB101S, SEESORB102, SEESORB103, SEESORB105, SEESORB106, Benzophenone compounds such as SEESORB107 and SEESORB151 (manufactured by Shipro Kasei); benzoate compounds such as SUMISORB400 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), phenyl salicylate; 2-ethylhexyl cinnamate, p-methoxycinnamic acid 2 -Cinnamic acid derivatives such as ethylhexyl, isopropyl methoxycinnamate, isopentyl methoxycinnamate; α-naphthol, β-naphthol, α-naphthol methyl ether, α-naphthol Diethyl ether, 1,2-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,3-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,4-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,7-dihydroxynaphthalene, Naphthalene derivatives such as 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,3-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,7-dihydroxynaphthalene; anthracene, 9,10-dihydroxyanthracene and other anthracenes and their derivatives Materials; azo dyes, benzophenone dyes, aminoketone dyes, quinoline dyes, anthraquinone dyes, diphenylcyanoacrylate dyes, triphenylcyanoacrylate dyes, p-aminobenzoic acid Department of dyes and other dyes. Among them, from the viewpoint of ink repellency, it is preferable to use cinnamic acid derivatives and naphthalene derivatives, and particularly preferably to use cinnamic acid derivatives. One type of these light absorbers may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

該等之中,就錐形狀之觀點而言,較佳為苯并三唑化合物及羥基苯基三𠯤化合物,尤佳為苯并三唑化合物。Among these, from the viewpoint of a tapered shape, benzotriazole compounds and hydroxyphenyltrioxane compounds are preferred, and benzotriazole compounds are particularly preferred.

作為紫外線吸收劑,可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。As the ultraviolet absorber, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為0.01質量%以上、較佳為0.05質量%以上、更佳為0.1質量%以上、進而較佳為0.5質量%以上、尤佳為1質量%以上,又,通常為15質量%以下、較佳為10質量%以下、更佳為5質量%以下、進而較佳為3質量%以下。例如,於含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,為0.01~15質量%、較佳為0.05~15質量%、更佳為0.1~10質量%、進而較佳為0.5~5質量%、尤佳為1~3質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性變高之傾向。When the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content ratio is not particularly limited. In the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is usually 0.01 mass % or more, preferably 0.05 mass% or more, more preferably 0.1 mass% or more, further preferably 0.5 mass% or more, especially 1 mass% or more, and usually 15 mass% or less, preferably 10 mass% or less, more preferably 5 mass% or less, and more preferably 3 mass% or less. For example, when an ultraviolet absorber is contained, it is 0.01 to 15 mass%, preferably 0.05 to 15 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 10 mass%, further preferably 0.5 to 5 mass%, and particularly preferably 1 ~3% by mass. By setting the value above the above lower limit, there is a tendency that high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths can be formed, and by setting the value below the above upper limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved.

又,於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,作為相對於(B)光聚合起始劑之調配比,以相對於(B)光聚合起始劑100質量份之紫外線吸收劑之調配量計,通常為1質量份以上、較佳為10質量份以上、更佳為30質量份以上、進而較佳為50質量份以上、尤佳為80質量份以上,且通常為500質量份以下、較佳為300質量份以下、更佳為200質量份以下、進而較佳為100質量份以下。例如,於含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,為1~500質量份、較佳為10~300質量份、更佳為30~200質量份、進而較佳為50~200質量份、尤佳為80~100質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可形成線寬較細之高精細之阻隔壁之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性變高之傾向。Moreover, when the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the compounding ratio with respect to (B) photopolymerization initiator is 100 parts by mass of (B) photopolymerization initiator. The compounding amount of the ultraviolet absorber is usually 1 part by mass or more, preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, further preferably 50 parts by mass or more, especially 80 parts by mass or more, and usually It is 500 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or less. For example, when containing an ultraviolet absorber, it is 1 to 500 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 200 parts by mass, still more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 80 parts by mass. ~100 parts by mass. By setting the value above the above lower limit, there is a tendency that high-definition barrier ribs with thin line widths can be formed, and by setting the value below the above upper limit, the ink repellency tends to be improved.

[1-1-8]聚合抑制劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物較佳為含有聚合抑制劑。藉由含有聚合抑制劑,存在其抑制自由基聚合,故而可增大所得之阻隔壁之錐角之傾向。 作為聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二酚、對苯二酚單甲醚、甲基對苯二酚、甲氧基苯酚、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲酚(BHT)等。該等之中,就聚合抑制能力之觀點而言,較佳為對苯二酚或甲氧基苯酚,更佳為甲基對苯二酚。[1-1-8]Polymerization inhibitor The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. By containing a polymerization inhibitor, radical polymerization is suppressed, thereby tending to increase the taper angle of the resulting barrier ribs. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone, methoxyphenol, and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol (BHT )wait. Among these, from the viewpoint of polymerization inhibitory ability, hydroquinone or methoxyphenol is preferred, and methylhydroquinone is more preferred.

聚合抑制劑較佳為含有1種或2種以上。通常存在製造(C)鹼可溶性樹脂時於樹脂中包含聚合抑制劑之情況,可直接使用,亦可除了樹脂中所含之聚合抑制劑以外,於感光性著色樹脂組合物製造時添加與其相同、或不同之聚合抑制劑。It is preferable to contain 1 type or 2 or more types of polymerization inhibitors. Usually, when producing (C) alkali-soluble resin, a polymerization inhibitor may be included in the resin. It may be used as it is, or in addition to the polymerization inhibitor contained in the resin, the same polymerization inhibitor may be added during production of the photosensitive colored resin composition. or different polymerization inhibitors.

於感光性著色樹脂組合物含有聚合抑制劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為0.0005質量%以上、較佳為0.001質量%以上、更佳為0.01質量%以上,又,通常為0.1質量%以下、較佳為0.08質量%以下、更佳為0.05質量%以下。例如,於含有聚合抑制劑之情形時,為0.0005~0.1質量%、較佳為0.001~0.08質量%、更佳為0.01~0.05質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可提高錐角之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在撥墨水性變高之傾向。When the photosensitive colored resin composition contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content ratio is not particularly limited. In the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is usually 0.0005 mass % or more, preferably 0.001 mass %. Above, more preferably 0.01 mass % or more, and usually 0.1 mass % or less, preferably 0.08 mass % or less, more preferably 0.05 mass % or less. For example, when a polymerization inhibitor is contained, the content is 0.0005 to 0.1 mass%, preferably 0.001 to 0.08 mass%, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.05 mass%. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, the taper angle tends to be increased, and by setting it to below the above upper limit value, the ink repellency tends to become higher.

[1-1-9]熱聚合起始劑 進而,於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中可含有熱聚合起始劑。藉由含有熱聚合起始劑,存在可提高膜之交聯度之傾向。作為此種熱聚合起始劑之具體例,例如可列舉偶氮系化合物、有機過氧化物及過氧化氫等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。[1-1-9] Thermal polymerization initiator Furthermore, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator. By containing a thermal polymerization initiator, the cross-linking degree of the film tends to be increased. Specific examples of such thermal polymerization initiators include azo compounds, organic peroxides, hydrogen peroxide, and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

再者,於期待撥墨水性之提高或膜之交聯密度之增大而對光聚合起始劑併用熱聚合起始劑之情形時,較佳為使該等之含有比率之合計成為感光性著色樹脂組合物中之光聚合起始劑之含有比率,又,作為光聚合起始劑與熱聚合起始劑之併用比率,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,較佳為相對於光聚合起始劑100質量份,將熱聚合起始劑設為5~300質量份。Furthermore, when a thermal polymerization initiator is used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator in order to improve the ink repellency or increase the cross-linking density of the film, it is preferable that the total of these content ratios becomes the photosensitivity The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator in the colored resin composition, and the ratio of the combined use of the photopolymerization initiator and the thermal polymerization initiator, from the viewpoint of ink repellency, is preferably The initial amount is 100 parts by mass, and the thermal polymerization initiator is 5 to 300 parts by mass.

[1-1-10]胺基化合物 於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,亦可為了促進熱硬化而包含胺基化合物。於包含胺基化合物之情形時,作為胺基化合物之含有比率,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為40質量%以下、較佳為30質量%以下。又,通常為0.5質量%以上、較佳為1質量%以上。例如,於包含胺基化合物之情形時,為0.5~40質量%、較佳為1~30質量%。藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可維持保存穩定性之傾向,藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可確保充分之熱硬化性之傾向。[1-1-10]Amine compound The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may contain an amino compound in order to accelerate thermal hardening. When an amino compound is included, the content ratio of the amino compound in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is usually 40 mass % or less, preferably 30 mass % or less. Moreover, it is usually 0.5 mass % or more, and preferably 1 mass % or more. For example, when an amino compound is contained, it is 0.5-40 mass %, Preferably it is 1-30 mass %. By setting the value below the above-mentioned upper limit, storage stability tends to be maintained, and by setting it above the above-mentioned lower limit, sufficient thermosetting properties tend to be ensured.

作為胺基化合物,例如可列舉具有至少2個羥甲基、對其進行碳數1~8之醇縮合改性而成之烷氧基甲基作為官能基之胺基化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:使三聚氰胺與甲醛進行縮聚而成之三聚氰胺樹脂;使苯并胍胺與甲醛進行縮聚而成之苯并胍胺樹脂;使甘脲與甲醛進行縮聚而成之甘脲樹脂;使脲與甲醛進行縮聚而成之脲樹脂;使三聚氰胺、苯并胍胺、甘脲、或脲等之2種以上與甲醛進行共縮聚而成之樹脂;對上述之樹脂之羥甲基進行醇縮合改性而成之改性樹脂等。 該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 作為胺基化合物,其中較佳為三聚氰胺樹脂及其改性樹脂,進而較佳為羥甲基之改性比率為70%以上之改性樹脂,尤佳為羥甲基之改性比率為80%以上之改性樹脂。Examples of the amino compound include an amino compound having at least two hydroxymethyl groups and an alkoxymethyl group as a functional group, which is modified by condensation-modification with an alcohol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Specific examples include: melamine resin obtained by condensing melamine and formaldehyde; benzoguanamine resin obtained by condensing benzoguanamine and formaldehyde; glycoluril obtained by condensing glycoluril and formaldehyde. Resin; urea resin obtained by condensing urea and formaldehyde; resin obtained by cocondensing two or more types of melamine, benzoguanamine, glycoluril, or urea with formaldehyde; hydroxymethyl group of the above resin Modified resin obtained by alcohol condensation modification, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. As the amine compound, melamine resin and its modified resin are preferred, and a modified resin having a methylol modification ratio of 70% or more is more preferred, and a hydroxymethyl modification ratio of 80% is particularly preferred. The above modified resin.

作為上述胺基化合物之具體例,三聚氰胺樹脂及其改性樹脂例如可列舉:Cytec公司製造之「Cymel」(註冊商標,以下相同)300、301、303、350、736、738、370、771、325、327、703、701、266、267、285、232、235、238、1141、272、254、202、1156、1158、及三和化學公司製造之「NIKALAC」(註冊商標,以下相同)MW-390、MW-100LM、MX-750LM、MW-30M、MX-45、MX-302等。又,作為上述苯并胍胺樹脂及其改性樹脂,例如可列舉Cytec公司製造之「Cymel」1123、1125、1128等。又,作為上述甘脲樹脂及其改性樹脂,例如可列舉:Cytec公司製造之「Cymel」1170、1171、1174、1172、及三和化學公司製造之「NIKALAC」MX-270等。又,作為上述脲樹脂及其改性樹脂,例如可列舉:Cytec公司製造之「UFR」(註冊商標)65、300、及三和化學公司製造之「NIKALAC」MX-290等。Specific examples of the above-mentioned amino compound include melamine resin and modified resins thereof: "Cymel" (registered trademark, the same below) 300, 301, 303, 350, 736, 738, 370, 771 manufactured by Cytec Corporation, 325, 327, 703, 701, 266, 267, 285, 232, 235, 238, 1141, 272, 254, 202, 1156, 1158, and "NIKALAC" (registered trademark, the same below) MW manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. -390, MW-100LM, MX-750LM, MW-30M, MX-45, MX-302, etc. Examples of the benzoguanamine resin and its modified resin include "Cymel" 1123, 1125, and 1128 manufactured by Cytec Corporation. Examples of the glycoluril resin and its modified resin include "Cymel" 1170, 1171, 1174, and 1172 manufactured by Cytec Corporation, and "NIKALAC" MX-270 manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Corporation. Examples of the urea resin and its modified resin include "UFR" (registered trademark) 65 and 300 manufactured by Cytec Corporation, and "NIKALAC" MX-290 manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Corporation.

[1-1-11]矽烷偶合劑 於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,為了改善與基板之密接性,亦較佳為添加矽烷偶合劑。作為矽烷偶合劑之種類,可使用環氧系、甲基丙烯酸系、胺基系、咪唑系等各種者,就密接性提高之觀點而言,尤其是環氧系、咪唑系之矽烷偶合劑較佳。關於其含量,於包含矽烷偶合劑之情形時,就密接性之觀點而言,於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中,通常為20質量%以下、較佳為15質量%以下。[1-1-11] Silane coupling agent In order to improve the adhesiveness with the substrate, it is also preferable to add a silane coupling agent to the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. As the type of silane coupling agent, various types such as epoxy type, methacrylic type, amino type, imidazole type, etc. can be used. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion, especially epoxy type and imidazole type silane coupling agents are relatively good. Regarding the content, when a silane coupling agent is included, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness, it is usually 20 mass% or less, preferably 15 mass% or less, in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition.

[1-1-12]無機填充劑 又,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物亦可以作為硬化物之強度之提高、以及藉由與鹼可溶性樹脂之適度之相互作用(基質結構之形成)所得之塗佈膜之優異之垂直性與錐角之提高等為目的而進而含有無機填充劑。作為此種無機填充劑,例如可列舉:滑石、二氧化矽、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氧化鎂、氧化鈦、或藉由各種矽烷偶合劑對該等進行表面處理而成者等。[1-1-12]Inorganic filler In addition, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can also be used to improve the strength of the cured product and to provide excellent verticality and verticality of the coating film obtained by moderate interaction with the alkali-soluble resin (formation of the matrix structure). Inorganic fillers are further included for the purpose of improving the taper angle. Examples of such inorganic fillers include talc, silica, alumina, barium sulfate, magnesium oxide, titanium oxide, or those obtained by surface treatment with various silane coupling agents.

作為該等無機填充劑之平均粒徑,通常為0.005~2 μm、較佳為0.01~1 μm。此處,本實施方式中所謂之平均粒徑係藉由Beckman Coulter公司製造等之雷射繞射散射粒度分佈測定裝置、動態光散射裝置所測定之值。該等無機填充劑之中,尤其是矽溶膠及矽溶膠改性物存在分散穩定性以及錐角之提高效果優異之傾向,故而較佳地調配。於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物包含該等無機填充劑之情形時,作為其含量,就撥墨水性之觀點而言,於總固形物成分中,通常為5質量%以上、較佳為10質量%以上,且通常為80質量%以下、較佳為70質量%以下。例如,於感光性著色樹脂組合物包含無機填充劑之情形時,感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中之含有比率較佳為5~80質量%,更佳為10~70質量%。The average particle size of these inorganic fillers is usually 0.005 to 2 μm, preferably 0.01 to 1 μm. Here, the average particle diameter in this embodiment is a value measured by a laser diffraction scattering particle size distribution measuring device or a dynamic light scattering device manufactured by Beckman Coulter Co., Ltd. or the like. Among these inorganic fillers, silica sol and modified silica sol, in particular, tend to have excellent dispersion stability and cone angle improvement effects, so they are preferably formulated. When the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains such inorganic fillers, the content thereof is usually 5 mass % or more, preferably 5 mass % or more, and preferably 5 mass % or more of the total solid content from the viewpoint of ink repellency. 10% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less. For example, when the photosensitive colored resin composition contains an inorganic filler, the content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is preferably 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 10 to 70 mass %.

[1-1-13]密接性提高劑 於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物中,亦可以賦予與基板之密接性之目的含有磷酸系之乙烯性單體。作為磷酸系之乙烯性單體,較佳為含有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯類,較佳為下述通式(g1)、(g2)、(g3)所表示者。[1-1-13] Adhesion improving agent The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a phosphoric acid-based vinyl monomer for the purpose of imparting adhesiveness to a substrate. As the phosphoric acid-based vinyl monomer, phosphate esters containing a (meth)acryloxy group are preferred, and those represented by the following general formulas (g1), (g2), and (g3) are preferred.

[化49] [Chemical 49]

[於上述通式(g1)、(g2)、(g3)中,R51 表示氫原子或甲基,l及l'為1~10之整數,m為1、2或3][In the above general formulas (g1), (g2) and (g3), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, l and l' are integers from 1 to 10, and m is 1, 2 or 3]

該等磷酸系乙烯性單體可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 使用該等磷酸系乙烯性單體之情形時之含有比率於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中通常較佳為0.02質量%以上,更佳為0.05質量%以上,進而較佳為0.1質量%以上,尤佳為0.2質量%以上。又,較佳為4質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以下,進而較佳為2質量%以下,尤佳為1質量%以下。例如,於包含磷酸系乙烯性單體之情形時,為0.02~4質量%、較佳為0.05~3質量%、更佳為0.1~2質量%、進而較佳為0.2~1質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在與基板之密接性之改善效果變得充分之傾向,另一方面,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在容易抑制與基板之密接性之惡化之傾向。One type of these phosphoric acid-based vinyl monomers may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When these phosphoric acid-based vinyl monomers are used, the content ratio in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is usually preferably 0.02 mass % or more, more preferably 0.05 mass % or more, and still more preferably 0.1 It is 0.2 mass % or more, especially 0.2 mass % or more. Furthermore, the content is preferably 4 mass% or less, more preferably 3 mass% or less, further preferably 2 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass% or less. For example, when a phosphoric acid-based vinyl monomer is included, it is 0.02 to 4 mass%, preferably 0.05 to 3 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 2 mass%, and still more preferably 0.2 to 1 mass%. By setting the value above the lower limit, the effect of improving the adhesion to the substrate tends to be sufficient. On the other hand, by setting it below the upper limit, deterioration in the adhesion to the substrate tends to be suppressed. tendency.

[1-1-14]溶劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物通常含有溶劑,於使上述之各成分溶解或分散於溶劑中之狀態下使用。作為該溶劑,並無特別限制,例如可列舉以下所記載之有機溶劑。[1-1-14]Solvent The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention usually contains a solvent, and is used in a state in which the above-mentioned components are dissolved or dispersed in the solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the organic solvents described below.

如乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單-正丁醚、丙二醇-第三丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單-正丁醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、3-甲氧基-1-丁醇、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、三丙二醇甲醚之二醇單烷基醚類; 如乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、二丙二醇二甲醚之二醇二烷基醚類; 如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單-正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲氧基-1-丁酯、乙酸甲氧基戊酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單-正丁醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯之二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類; 乙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯類; 乙酸環己酯等乙酸烷基酯類; 如戊醚、二乙醚、二丙醚、二異丙醚、二丁醚、二戊醚、乙基異丁醚、二己醚之醚類; 如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丙基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮之酮類; 如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄醇之一元或多元醇類; 如正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、二戊烯、十二烷之脂肪族烴類; 如環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯、雙環己基之脂環式烴類; 如苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯之芳香族烴類; 如甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異酪酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯之鏈狀或環狀酯類; 如3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸之烷氧基羧酸類; 如氯丁烷、氯戊烷之鹵化烴類; 如甲氧基甲基戊酮之醚酮類; 如乙腈、苯甲腈之腈類; 如四氫呋喃、二甲基四氫呋喃、二甲氧基四氫呋喃之四氫呋喃類等。Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol-tertiary butyl ether , diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, 3-Methoxy-1-butanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether and glycol monoalkyl ethers; Such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol Dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether and glycol dialkyl ethers; Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropylene Ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-1-butyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl Acid ester, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methyl acetate Diol alkyl ether acetates of 3-methoxybutyl ester; Ethylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, etc. Alcohol diacetates; Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexyl acetate; Ethers such as amyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, and dihexyl ether; Such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexan Ketones, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methoxymethyl pentanone; Such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerin , benzyl alcohol monobasic or polyhydric alcohols; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, and dodecane; Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and bicyclohexyl; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and cumene; Such as amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyrate Ester, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl octanoate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate Chain or cyclic esters of ethyl propionate, 3-methoxypropyl propionate, 3-methoxybutyl propionate, and γ-butyrolactone; Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid; Halogenated hydrocarbons such as chlorobutane and chloropentane; Ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone; Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile; Such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethyltetrahydrofuran, dimethoxytetrahydrofuran and other tetrahydrofurans.

作為該等之市售之溶劑,可列舉:礦油精(mineral spirit)、Varsol#2、Apco#18 Solvent、Apco thinner、Socal Solvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso#150、Shell TS28 Solvent、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、甲基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(均為商品名)等。Examples of such commercially available solvents include: mineral spirit, Varsol#2, Apco#18 Solvent, Apco thinner, Socal Solvent No.1 and No.2, Solvesso#150, Shell TS28 Solvent, Carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol Dimethyl ether (all are trade names), etc.

上述溶劑係可使感光性著色樹脂組合物中之各成分溶解或分散者,根據本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物之使用方法而選擇,就塗佈性之觀點而言,較佳為選擇大氣壓下之沸點為60~280℃之範圍者。更佳為具有70℃以上且260℃以下之沸點者,例如較佳為丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲氧基-1-丁醇、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲氧基-1-丁酯。The above-mentioned solvent can dissolve or disperse each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is selected according to the method of using the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. From the viewpoint of coating properties, atmospheric pressure is preferably selected. The boiling point below is in the range of 60 to 280℃. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 70° C. or more and 260° C. or less. For example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and 3-methoxy-acetate are more preferred. 1-Butyl ester.

該等溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 又,該等溶劑較佳為以感光性著色樹脂組合物溶液中之總固形物成分之含有比率通常為10質量%以上、較佳為15質量%以上、更佳為20質量%以上、進而較佳為25質量%以上,又,通常為90質量%以下、較佳為50質量%以下、更佳為40質量%以下、進而較佳為35質量%以下之方式使用。例如為10~90質量%、較佳為15~50質量%、更佳為20~40質量%、進而較佳為25~35質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可抑制塗佈不均之產生之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可抑制異物、收縮等之產生之傾向。One type of these solvents may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Moreover, these solvents are preferably such that the content ratio of the total solid content in the photosensitive colored resin composition solution is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and still more. It is preferably 25 mass% or more, and usually 90 mass% or less, preferably 50 mass% or less, more preferably 40 mass% or less, and still more preferably 35 mass% or less. For example, it is 10-90 mass %, Preferably it is 15-50 mass %, More preferably, it is 20-40 mass %, Even more preferably, it is 25-35 mass %. By being equal to or more than the above-mentioned lower limit, the occurrence of uneven coating tends to be suppressed, and by being equal to or less than the above-mentioned upper limit, the occurrence of foreign matter, shrinkage, etc. tends to be suppressed.

[1-2]感光性著色樹脂組合物之製備方法 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物可藉由以攪拌機對上述之各成分進行混合而製備。 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物含有作為(E)著色劑之紫色顏料等溶劑不溶成分,故而較佳為預先使用塗料調節器、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、石磨機、噴射磨機、均質機等進行分散處理。(E)著色劑藉由分散處理而微粒子化,故而感光性著色樹脂組合物之塗佈特性提高。[1-2] Preparation method of photosensitive colored resin composition The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components with a mixer. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains solvent-insoluble components such as purple pigment as the colorant (E). Therefore, it is preferable to use a paint conditioner, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roller mill, a stone mill, and a jet mill in advance. machine, homogenizer, etc. for dispersion processing. (E) The colorant is converted into fine particles by dispersion treatment, so the coating characteristics of the photosensitive colored resin composition are improved.

分散處理通常較佳為藉由併用(E)著色劑、溶劑、及(F)分散劑、以及(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之一部分或全部之系統進行(以下,存在將供於分散處理之混合物、及藉由分散處理所得之組合物稱為「顏料分散液」之情況)。尤其是若使用作為(F)分散劑之高分子分散劑,則抑制所得之顏料分散液及感光性著色樹脂組合物之經時之增黏,即分散穩定性優異,故而較佳。 如此,較佳為於製造感光性著色樹脂組合物之步驟中,製造至少含有(E)著色劑、溶劑、及(F)分散劑之顏料分散液。 作為可用於顏料分散液之(E)著色劑、有機溶劑、及(F)分散劑,可較佳地採用分別作為可用於感光性著色樹脂組合物者所記載者。又,作為顏料分散液中之(E)著色劑之各著色劑之含有比率,亦可較佳地採用作為感光性著色樹脂組合物中之含有比率所記載者。The dispersion treatment is generally preferably carried out by a system in which part or all of (E) a colorant, a solvent, and (F) a dispersant, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin are used in combination (hereinafter, there are mixtures to be used for the dispersion treatment, and the composition obtained by dispersion treatment is called "pigment dispersion"). In particular, it is preferable to use a polymeric dispersant as the dispersant (F) because the resulting pigment dispersion and the photosensitive colored resin composition are prevented from increasing in viscosity over time, that is, the dispersion stability is excellent. In this way, in the step of producing the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is preferable to produce a pigment dispersion liquid containing at least (E) a colorant, a solvent, and (F) a dispersant. As the (E) colorant, organic solvent, and (F) dispersant that can be used in the pigment dispersion liquid, those described as those that can be used in the photosensitive colored resin composition can be preferably used. In addition, as the content ratio of each colorant of the (E) colorant in the pigment dispersion liquid, the content ratio described as the content ratio in the photosensitive colored resin composition can also be preferably used.

於利用砂磨機使(E)著色劑分散之情形時,可較佳地使用0.1~8 mm左右之粒徑之玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。關於分散處理條件,溫度通常為0℃至100℃,較佳為室溫至80℃之範圍。關於分散時間,根據溶液之組成及分散處理裝置之尺寸等而適當之時間不同,故而適當調節。分散之目標係以感光性著色樹脂組合物之20度鏡面光澤度(JIS Z8741)成為50~300之範圍之方式控制墨水之光澤。When dispersing the colorant (E) using a sand mill, glass beads or zirconia beads with a particle size of about 0.1 to 8 mm can be preferably used. Regarding the dispersion treatment conditions, the temperature is usually in the range of 0°C to 100°C, preferably in the range of room temperature to 80°C. Regarding the dispersion time, the appropriate time differs depending on the composition of the solution, the size of the dispersion processing device, etc., so it should be adjusted appropriately. The purpose of the dispersion is to control the gloss of the ink so that the 20-degree mirror gloss (JIS Z8741) of the photosensitive colored resin composition falls within the range of 50 to 300.

又,分散於顏料分散液中之顏料之分散粒徑通常為0.01~1 μm、較佳為0.02~0.5 μm、進而較佳為0.03~0.3 μm,藉由動態光散射法等作為個數基準之中值徑而測定。 繼而,將藉由上述分散處理所得之墨水與感光性著色樹脂組合物中所含之上述之其他成分進行混合,製成均勻之溶液。於感光性著色樹脂組合物之製造步驟中,有時會於溶液中混入微細之污物,故而所得之感光性著色樹脂組合物較理想為藉由過濾器等進行過濾處理。In addition, the dispersed particle size of the pigment dispersed in the pigment dispersion is usually 0.01 to 1 μm, preferably 0.02 to 0.5 μm, and further preferably 0.03 to 0.3 μm, and is determined by dynamic light scattering method or the like as a number basis. Measured by median diameter. Then, the ink obtained by the above-mentioned dispersion treatment and the above-mentioned other components contained in the photosensitive colored resin composition are mixed to prepare a uniform solution. In the production process of the photosensitive colored resin composition, fine contaminants may be mixed into the solution. Therefore, the obtained photosensitive colored resin composition is preferably filtered through a filter or the like.

[2]阻隔壁及其形成方法 本發明之硬化物係藉由使本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化而獲得。又,本發明之阻隔壁係由本發明之硬化物構成。 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物可用於形成阻隔壁,尤其可較佳地用於形成包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片中之用以劃分像素部之阻隔壁。 使用感光性著色樹脂組合物形成阻隔壁之方法並無特別限定,可採用先前公知之方法。作為形成阻隔壁之方法,例如可列舉包含以下步驟之方法:將感光性著色樹脂組合物塗佈於基板上而形成感光性著色樹脂組合物層之塗佈步驟、及對感光性著色樹脂組合物層進行曝光之曝光步驟。作為形成此種阻隔壁之方法之具體例,可列舉噴墨法與光微影法。[2] Barrier walls and methods of forming them The cured product of the present invention is obtained by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. Furthermore, the barrier rib of the present invention is composed of the hardened material of the present invention. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can be used to form barrier ribs, and is particularly preferably used to form barrier ribs for dividing pixel portions in color filters containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles. The method of forming the barrier rib using the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used. Examples of a method for forming a barrier rib include a method including a coating step of applying a photosensitive colored resin composition on a substrate to form a photosensitive colored resin composition layer, and a step of applying the photosensitive colored resin composition to a substrate. Exposure step for layer exposure. Specific examples of methods for forming such barrier ribs include inkjet methods and photolithography methods.

於噴墨法中,使用藉由利用溶劑之稀釋等調整過黏度之感光性著色樹脂組合物作為墨水,沿著特定之阻隔壁之圖案,藉由噴墨法將墨水液滴噴出至基板上,藉此將感光性著色樹脂組合物塗佈於基板上而形成未硬化之阻隔壁之圖案。然後,對未硬化之阻隔壁之圖案進行曝光,於基板上形成經硬化之阻隔壁。未硬化之阻隔壁之圖案之曝光除了不使用光罩以外,與下述之光微影法中之曝光步驟同樣地進行。In the inkjet method, a photosensitive colored resin composition whose viscosity has been adjusted by dilution with a solvent or the like is used as ink, and ink droplets are ejected onto a substrate along a specific pattern of barrier ribs by the inkjet method. Thereby, the photosensitive colored resin composition is coated on the substrate to form a pattern of uncured barrier ribs. Then, the pattern of the unhardened barrier ribs is exposed to form hardened barrier ribs on the substrate. The pattern of the unhardened barrier ribs is exposed in the same manner as the exposure step in the photolithography method described below, except that a photomask is not used.

於光微影法中,將感光性著色樹脂組合物塗佈於基板之供形成阻隔壁之整個區域而形成感光性著色樹脂組合物層。對應於特定之阻隔壁之圖案對所形成之感光性著色樹脂組合物層進行曝光後,對經曝光之感光性著色樹脂組合物層進行顯影,於基板上形成阻隔壁。In the photolithography method, the photosensitive colored resin composition is coated on the entire area of the substrate where barrier ribs are to be formed to form a photosensitive colored resin composition layer. After the formed photosensitive colored resin composition layer is exposed corresponding to a specific barrier rib pattern, the exposed photosensitive colored resin composition layer is developed to form barrier ribs on the substrate.

於光微影法中之將感光性著色樹脂組合物塗佈於基板上之塗佈步驟中,使用輥式塗佈機、反向塗佈機、棒式塗佈機等接觸轉印型塗佈裝置或旋轉器(旋轉式塗佈裝置)、淋幕式平面塗裝機(curtain flow coater)等非接觸型塗佈裝置,於應形成阻隔壁之基板上塗佈感光性著色樹脂組合物,視需要藉由乾燥將溶劑去除,形成感光性著色樹脂組合物層。In the coating step of coating the photosensitive colored resin composition on the substrate in the photolithography method, contact transfer coating such as a roll coater, reverse coater, and rod coater is used The device or non-contact coating device such as a rotator (rotary coating device) or a curtain flow coater (curtain flow coater) is used to coat the photosensitive colored resin composition on the substrate where the barrier ribs are to be formed. The solvent needs to be removed by drying to form a photosensitive colored resin composition layer.

繼而,於曝光步驟中,利用負型之光罩,對感光性著色樹脂組合物層照射紫外線、準分子雷射光等活性能量線,對應於阻隔壁之圖案對感光性著色樹脂組合物層進行局部曝光。曝光中可使用高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙氣燈、碳弧燈等發出紫外線之光源。曝光量亦因感光性著色樹脂組合物之組成而異,例如較佳為10~400 mJ/cm2 左右。Then, in the exposure step, a negative photomask is used to irradiate the photosensitive colored resin composition layer with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and excimer laser light, and the photosensitive colored resin composition layer is partially exposed in accordance with the pattern of the barrier ribs. exposure. Light sources that emit ultraviolet light such as high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, xenon lamps, and carbon arc lamps can be used during exposure. The exposure amount also varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive colored resin composition, but for example, it is preferably about 10 to 400 mJ/cm 2 .

繼而,於顯影步驟中,將對應於阻隔壁之圖案所曝光之感光性著色樹脂組合物層以顯影液進行顯影,藉此形成阻隔壁。顯影方法並無特別限定,可使用浸漬法、噴霧法等。作為顯影液之具體例,可列舉二甲基苄基胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等有機系者、或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氨、四級銨鹽等之水溶液。又,於顯影液中亦可添加消泡劑或界面活性劑。 亦可於顯影後加入後曝光步驟。曝光中可使用高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙氣燈、碳弧燈等發出紫外線之光源。可使用與上述之曝光步驟相同之光源或不同之光源。曝光量亦因感光性著色樹脂組合物之組成而異,例如較佳為10 mJ/cm2 ~5 J/cm2 左右。後曝光步驟適於提高錐角。Then, in the development step, the exposed photosensitive colored resin composition layer corresponding to the pattern of the barrier ribs is developed with a developer, thereby forming the barrier ribs. The development method is not particularly limited, and dipping method, spray method, etc. can be used. Specific examples of the developer include organic ones such as dimethylbenzylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, or aqueous solutions of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, ammonia, quaternary ammonium salts, etc. . In addition, a defoaming agent or surfactant can also be added to the developer. A post-exposure step can also be added after development. Light sources that emit ultraviolet light such as high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, xenon lamps, and carbon arc lamps can be used during exposure. The same light source as the above exposure step or a different light source can be used. The exposure amount also varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive colored resin composition, but for example, it is preferably about 10 mJ/cm 2 to 5 J/cm 2 . The post-exposure step is suitable for increasing the taper angle.

其後,對顯影後之阻隔壁實施後烘烤而進行加熱硬化。後烘烤較佳為於150~250℃下進行15~60分鐘。Thereafter, the developed barrier ribs are post-baked and heat-hardened. Post-baking is preferably performed at 150 to 250°C for 15 to 60 minutes.

用於阻隔壁之形成之基板並無特別限定,可配合使用形成有阻隔壁之基板所製造之有機電場發光元件之種類而適當選擇。作為較佳之基板之材料,可列舉玻璃、或各種樹脂材料。作為樹脂材料之具體例,可列舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯;聚乙烯、及聚丙烯等聚烯烴;聚碳酸酯;聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂;聚碸;聚醯亞胺。該等基板之材料之中,就耐熱性優異之方面而言,較佳為玻璃、及聚醯亞胺。又,亦可根據所製造之有機電場發光元件之種類,於形成阻隔壁之基板之表面預先設置ITO或ZnO等透明電極層。The substrate used for forming the barrier ribs is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the type of organic electroluminescent element manufactured using the substrate on which the barrier ribs are formed. Preferred materials for the substrate include glass or various resin materials. Specific examples of the resin material include: polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate; polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polycarbonate; poly(meth)acrylic resins; polyethylene; polyester. imine. Among the materials of the substrate, glass and polyimide are preferred in terms of excellent heat resistance. In addition, depending on the type of organic electroluminescent element to be manufactured, a transparent electrode layer such as ITO or ZnO may be provided in advance on the surface of the substrate on which the barrier ribs are formed.

本發明之阻隔壁之膜厚通常為0.1 μm以上,較佳為1 μm以上、更佳為5 μm以上、進而較佳為10 μm以上,且通常為1 mm以下、較佳為100 μm以下、更佳為50 μm以下、進而較佳為30 μm以下、尤佳為20 μm以下。例如為0.1 μm~1 mm、較佳為1~100 μm、更佳為1~50 μm、進而較佳為5~30 μm、尤佳為10~20 μm。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在遮光性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在密接性提高之傾向。阻隔壁之膜厚係利用階差・表面粗糙度・微細形狀測定裝置、掃描式白色干渉顯微鏡、橢圓偏光計、反射分光膜厚計、電子顯微鏡而測定。The film thickness of the barrier rib of the present invention is usually 0.1 μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more, further preferably 10 μm or more, and usually 1 mm or less, preferably 100 μm or less. It is more preferably 50 μm or less, still more preferably 30 μm or less, and particularly preferably 20 μm or less. For example, it is 0.1 μm to 1 mm, preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 50 μm, further preferably 5 to 30 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 20 μm. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the light-shielding property tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the adhesiveness to improve. The film thickness of the barrier rib is measured using a step, surface roughness, and fine shape measuring device, a scanning white interference microscope, an ellipsometer, a reflection spectroscopic film thickness meter, and an electron microscope.

[3]包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片 本發明之圖像顯示裝置具備本發明之阻隔壁。本發明之圖像顯示裝置例如含有包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片。於本發明之圖像顯示裝置具備包含發光性奈米粒子之彩色濾光片之情形時,包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片只要具備由本發明之硬化物構成之本發明之阻隔壁則並無特別限定,可列舉於由本發明之阻隔壁所劃分之區域形成有像素者。[3] Color filters containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles The image display device of the present invention includes the barrier rib of the present invention. The image display device of the present invention includes, for example, a color filter containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles. When the image display device of the present invention is provided with a color filter containing luminescent nanoparticles, the color filter containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles only needs to have the barrier rib of the present invention composed of the cured product of the present invention. There is no particular limitation, and examples include those in which pixels are formed in areas divided by the barrier ribs of the present invention.

圖1係具備本發明之阻隔壁之彩色濾光片之一例之模式剖視圖。如圖1所示,彩色濾光片100具備基板10、設置於基板上之阻隔壁20、紅色像素30、綠色像素40、及藍色像素50。紅色像素30、綠色像素40、及藍色像素50係以依序重複之方式排列成格子狀。阻隔壁20設置於該等相鄰之像素之間。換言之,該等相鄰之像素彼此藉由阻隔壁20而劃分。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of a color filter equipped with barrier ribs of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the color filter 100 includes a substrate 10 , barrier ribs 20 provided on the substrate, red pixels 30 , green pixels 40 , and blue pixels 50 . The red pixels 30, the green pixels 40, and the blue pixels 50 are arranged in a grid pattern in a sequential and repeated manner. The barrier ribs 20 are disposed between the adjacent pixels. In other words, the adjacent pixels are divided from each other by the barrier ribs 20 .

於紅色像素30中包含紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子2,並且於綠色像素40中包含綠色發光性之奈米結晶粒子1。藍色像素50係使來自光源之藍色光透過之像素。The red pixel 30 includes red luminescent nanocrystalline particles 2 , and the green pixel 40 includes green luminescent nanocrystalline particles 1 . The blue pixel 50 is a pixel that transmits blue light from the light source.

該等發光性奈米結晶粒子係吸收激發光而發出螢光或磷光之奈米尺寸之結晶體,例如為藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡或掃描式電子顯微鏡所測定之最大粒徑為100 nm以下之結晶體。These luminescent nanocrystalline particles are nanosized crystals that absorb excitation light and emit fluorescence or phosphorescence. For example, the maximum particle size measured by a transmission electron microscope or a scanning electron microscope is less than 100 nm. Crystalline.

發光性奈米結晶粒子藉由吸收特定之波長之光,可發出與所吸收之波長不同波長之光(螢光或磷光)。例如,紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子2係發出於605~665 nm之範圍具有發光峰值波長之光(紅色光)者。又,例如,綠色發光性之奈米結晶粒子1係發出於500~560 nm之範圍具有發光峰值波長之光(綠色光)者。By absorbing light of a specific wavelength, luminescent nanocrystalline particles can emit light of a different wavelength (fluorescence or phosphorescence) than the absorbed wavelength. For example, the red luminescent nanocrystalline particles 2 emit light (red light) having a luminescence peak wavelength in the range of 605 to 665 nm. For example, the green luminescent nanocrystal particles 1 emit light (green light) having an emission peak wavelength in the range of 500 to 560 nm.

根據方阱勢能模型之薛定諤波動方程式之解,發光性奈米結晶粒子發出之光之波長(發光色)依賴於發光性奈米結晶粒子之尺寸(例如粒徑),亦依賴於發光性奈米結晶粒子所具有之能隙。因此,藉由變更所使用之發光性奈米結晶粒子之構成材料及尺寸,可選擇發光色。作為發光性奈米結晶粒子,可列舉量子點等。According to the solution of the Schrödinger wave equation of the square well potential energy model, the wavelength (luminescence color) of the light emitted by the luminescent nanocrystalline particles depends on the size (such as particle diameter) of the luminescent nanocrystalline particles, and also depends on the size of the luminescent nanocrystalline particles. The energy gap possessed by crystalline particles. Therefore, by changing the constituent materials and sizes of the luminescent nanocrystal particles used, the luminescent color can be selected. Examples of luminescent nanocrystalline particles include quantum dots and the like.

一般而言,發光性奈米結晶粒子所吸收之光為400~500 nm之波長之光(藍色光),但紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子不僅吸收藍色光,亦吸收綠色光之600 nm附近之光而受到激發。即便欲控制光源而熄滅紅色像素,亦存在因鄰接之綠色像素之發光而使紅色像素之紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子受到激發,從而使紅色像素發光之情況。 本發明之阻隔壁由於(E)著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率變高,故而可有效率地吸收來自綠色像素之綠色光。因此,可降低綠色光向鄰接之紅色像素之侵入,抑制紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子之激發。其結果,認為可提高圖像顯示裝置之色再現性。Generally speaking, the light absorbed by luminescent nanocrystalline particles is light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm (blue light). However, red luminescent nanocrystalline particles not only absorb blue light, but also absorb green light near 600 nm. inspired by the light. Even if the light source is controlled to extinguish the red pixel, there may be cases where the red luminescent nanocrystal particles of the red pixel are excited due to the light emission of the adjacent green pixel, causing the red pixel to emit light. Since the content ratio of the purple pigment in the (E) colorant is increased, the barrier rib of the present invention can efficiently absorb the green light from the green pixel. Therefore, the intrusion of green light into adjacent red pixels can be reduced, and the excitation of red luminescent nanocrystalline particles can be suppressed. As a result, it is considered that the color reproducibility of the image display device can be improved.

包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之彩色濾光片之製造方法並無特別限定,可列舉以下方法:準備具備由本發明之硬化物構成之阻隔壁之基板,於以阻隔壁劃分之區域形成包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之層。形成包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之層之方法並無特別限定,例如可藉由以下方法製造:藉由噴墨方式選擇性地附著包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之墨水組合物,藉由活性能量線之照射或加熱使墨水組合物硬化。The method of manufacturing a color filter containing luminescent nanocrystal particles is not particularly limited. Examples include the following method: preparing a substrate with barrier ribs made of the cured product of the present invention, and forming a luminescent color filter in a region divided by the barrier ribs. A layer of nanocrystalline particles. The method of forming a layer containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles is not particularly limited. For example, it can be produced by the following method: selectively attaching an ink composition containing luminescent nanocrystalline particles by an inkjet method, and using active energy to Radiation of light or heating hardens the ink composition.

[4]圖像顯示裝置 本發明之圖像顯示裝置具備由本發明之硬化物構成之本發明之阻隔壁。例如可列舉具備以下彩色濾光片之圖像顯示裝置,該彩色濾光片具備本發明之阻隔壁與包含發光性奈米結晶粒子之層。 作為圖像顯示裝置之種類,可列舉:液晶顯示裝置、或包含有機電場發光元件之圖像顯示裝置等。 於液晶顯示裝置之情形時,可列舉包含具備藍色LED之光源、及具備對應各像素部地控制自光源發出之藍色光之電極之液晶層者。 另一方面,關於包含有機電場發光元件之圖像顯示裝置,可列舉於上述彩色濾光片之各像素部所對應之位置配置有藍色發光之有機電場發光元件者。具體而言,可列舉日本專利特開2019-87746號公報中記載之方式。 [實施例][4]Image display device The image display device of the present invention includes the barrier rib of the present invention made of the hardened material of the present invention. For example, an image display device including a color filter including the barrier rib of the present invention and a layer containing luminescent nanocrystal particles can be cited. Examples of types of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices, image display devices including organic electroluminescent elements, and the like. In the case of a liquid crystal display device, examples include a liquid crystal layer including a light source having a blue LED and an electrode that controls blue light emitted from the light source corresponding to each pixel portion. On the other hand, as an image display device including an organic electroluminescent element, an organic electroluminescent element that emits blue light is arranged at a position corresponding to each pixel portion of the color filter. Specifically, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-87746 can be cited. [Example]

以下,列舉具體之實施例對本發明之感光性著色樹脂組合物進行說明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨則並不限定於以下之實施例。 以下之實施例及比較例中使用之感光性著色樹脂組合物之構成成分如下所述。Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention will be described with reference to specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. The components of the photosensitive colored resin composition used in the following Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-I> 使丙烯酸以與甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等量之方式與以甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(莫耳比:0.30/0.10/0.60)作為構成單體之共聚樹脂進行加成反應,進而使四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐以相對於上述之共聚樹脂之上述構成單體之總莫耳數每1莫耳成為0.39莫耳之方式與之進行加成反應而成之鹼可溶性之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂。利用GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)為9000,固形物成分酸值為80 mgKOH/g。<Alkali-soluble resin-I> Copolymerization of acrylic acid and dicyclopentyl methacrylate/styrene/glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.30/0.10/0.60) as constituent monomers in equal amounts to glycidyl methacrylate The resin is subjected to an addition reaction, and the tetrahydrophthalic anhydride is added to the copolymer resin in such a manner that the total mole number per mole of the above-mentioned constituent monomers becomes 0.39 moles. Alkali-soluble acrylic copolymer resin. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene is 9000, and the acid value of the solid content is 80 mgKOH/g.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-II> 使丙烯酸以與甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等量之方式與以甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(莫耳比:0.02/0.05/0.93)作為構成單體之共聚樹脂進行加成反應,進而以相對於上述之共聚樹脂之上述構成單體之總莫耳數每1莫耳成為0.10莫耳之方式加成四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐而成之鹼可溶性之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂。利用GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)為7700,固形物成分酸值為28.5 mgKOH/g。<Alkali-soluble resin-II> Copolymerization of acrylic acid and dicyclopentyl methacrylate/styrene/glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.02/0.05/0.93) as constituent monomers in equal amounts to glycidyl methacrylate The resin undergoes an addition reaction, and alkali-soluble acrylic acid obtained by adding tetrahydrophthalic anhydride is added so that the total mole number of the above-mentioned constituent monomers relative to the above-mentioned copolymer resin becomes 0.10 moles per 1 mole. Copolymer resin. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene was 7700, and the acid value of the solid content was 28.5 mgKOH/g.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-III> 日本化藥公司製造之ZCR-1642H(重量平均分子量Mw=6500,酸值=98 mgKOH/g)<Alkali-soluble resin-III> ZCR-1642H manufactured by Nippon Chemical Company (weight average molecular weight Mw=6500, acid value=98 mgKOH/g)

<分散劑-I> BYK-Chemie公司製造之BYK-LPN21116(包含具有四級銨鹽基及三級胺基之A嵌段與不具有四級銨鹽基及三級胺基之B嵌段之丙烯酸系A-B嵌段共聚物。胺值為70 mgKOH/g。酸值為1 mgKOH/g以下)<Dispersant-I> BYK-LPN21116 manufactured by BYK-Chemie (acrylic A-B block copolymer including A block with quaternary ammonium salt group and tertiary amine group and B block without quaternary ammonium salt group and tertiary amine group) substance. The amine value is 70 mgKOH/g. The acid value is below 1 mgKOH/g)

<溶劑-I> PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 <溶劑-II> MB:3-甲氧基-1-丁醇<Solvent-I> PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate <Solvent-II> MB: 3-methoxy-1-butanol

<光聚合性單體> DPHA:日本化藥公司製造之二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯<Photopolymerizable monomer> DPHA: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.

<光聚合起始劑-I> 使用具有以下之化學結構之化合物。<Photopolymerization initiator-I> Use compounds with the following chemical structures.

[化50] [Chemical 50]

<光聚合起始劑-II> 使用具有以下之化學結構之化合物。<Photopolymerization Initiator-II> Use compounds with the following chemical structures.

[化51] [Chemistry 51]

<撥液劑-I> DIC公司製造之Megafac RS-90(氟系,具有乙烯性雙鍵之撥液劑)<Liquid repellent-I> Megafac RS-90 manufactured by DIC (fluorine-based liquid repellent with vinyl double bonds)

<界面活性劑-I> DIC公司製造之Megafac F-559(不具有交聯基之氟系界面活性劑)<Surfactant-I> Megafac F-559 manufactured by DIC (fluorine-based surfactant without cross-linking groups)

<添加劑-I> 昭和電工公司製造之Karenz MT PE1(季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)) <添加劑-II> 日本化藥公司製造之KAYAMER PM-21(含有甲基丙烯醯基之磷酸酯)<Additive-I> Karenz MT PE1 (pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate)) manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. <Additive-II> KAYAMER PM-21 (phosphate containing methacrylic acid group) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

<顏料分散液1~5之製備> 將顏料、分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、及溶劑以成為表1中記載之質量比之方式加以混合。藉由塗料振盪機於25~45℃之溫度範圍內對該溶液進行3小時分散處理。珠粒使用0.5 mm之氧化鋯珠,添加分散液之2.5倍之質量。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離,製備顏料分散液1~5。 再者,表1中之溶劑之調配比率亦包括來自分散劑及鹼可溶性樹脂之溶劑量。<Preparation of Pigment Dispersions 1 to 5> The pigment, dispersant, alkali-soluble resin, and solvent were mixed so as to have the mass ratio described in Table 1. The solution was dispersed for 3 hours using a paint shaker in a temperature range of 25 to 45°C. Beads use 0.5 mm For zirconia beads, add 2.5 times the mass of the dispersion. After the dispersion is completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid are separated with a filter to prepare pigment dispersions 1 to 5. Furthermore, the solvent preparation ratio in Table 1 also includes the amount of solvent derived from the dispersant and the alkali-soluble resin.

[表1]    顏料分散液 1 2 3 4 5 調配比率(質量份) 顏料 C.I.顏料紫29 100 0 0 0 0 C.I.顏料橙64 0 100 0 0 0 C.I.顏料藍60 0 0 100 0 0 C.I.顏料藍15:6 0 0 0 100 0 C.I.顏料紫23 0 0 0 0 100 分散劑 (固形物成分換算) 分散劑-I 22 20 20 33 33 鹼可溶性樹脂 (固形物成分換算) 鹼可溶性樹脂-I 33 50 33 50 33 溶劑 溶劑-I 367 413 374 440 400 溶劑-II 92 103 93 110 100 [Table 1] Pigment dispersion 1 2 3 4 5 Mixing ratio (mass parts) Pigments CI Pigment Violet 29 100 0 0 0 0 CI Pigment Orange 64 0 100 0 0 0 CI Pigment Blue 60 0 0 100 0 0 CI Pigment Blue 15:6 0 0 0 100 0 CI Pigment Violet 23 0 0 0 0 100 Dispersant (solid content conversion) Dispersant-I twenty two 20 20 33 33 Alkali-soluble resin (solid content conversion) Alkali soluble resin-I 33 50 33 50 33 Solvent Solvent-I 367 413 374 440 400 Solvent-II 92 103 93 110 100

[實施例1~8及比較例1~3] 使用上述所製備之顏料分散液1~5,以總固形物成分中之各成分之固形物成分之比率成為表2之調配比率之方式添加各成分,進而以總固形物成分之含有比率成為31質量%且於總溶劑中成為溶劑-I/溶劑-II=80/20(質量比)之方式添加溶劑,進行攪拌、溶解,製備感光性著色樹脂組合物1~11。使用所得之各感光性著色樹脂組合物,藉由下述之方法進行評價。 再者,表2中之顏料分散液、鹼可溶性樹脂、撥液劑之調配比率係固形物成分換算值。[Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3] Using the pigment dispersions 1 to 5 prepared above, add each component so that the ratio of the solid content of each component in the total solid content becomes the blending ratio in Table 2, and further, the content ratio of the total solid content becomes 31 The solvent was added in mass % so that solvent-I/solvent-II=80/20 (mass ratio) in the total solvent, and stirred and dissolved to prepare photosensitive colored resin compositions 1 to 11. Each of the obtained photosensitive colored resin compositions was used for evaluation by the following method. In addition, the compounding ratios of the pigment dispersion liquid, alkali-soluble resin, and liquid repellent agent in Table 2 are the solid content conversion values.

[表2]    實施例    比較例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 組合物 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 11 調配比率(重量份) 顏料分散液1 (固形物成分換算) 6.69 4.01 3.34 6.02 6.02 7.78 9.33 6.02 2.67 0.00 6.69 顏料分散液2 (固形物成分換算) 0.00 2.64 3.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.95 6.59 0.00 顏料分散液3 (固形物成分換算) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 顏料分散液4 (固形物成分換算) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 顏料分散液5 (固形物成分換算) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 鹼可溶性樹脂-I (固形物成分換算) 19.30 19.31 19.31 19.30 19.27 19.04 18.67 19.29 19.32 19.33 19.30 鹼可溶性樹脂-II (固形物成分換算) 19.30 19.31 19.31 19.30 19.27 19.04 18.67 19.29 19.32 19.33 19.30 鹼可溶性樹脂-III (固形物成分換算) 25.74 25.75 25.76 25.74 25.70 25.39 24.89 25.72 25.76 25.76 25.74 光聚合性單體 21.93 21.94 21.94 21.94 21.91 21.71 21.40 21.92 21.94 21.95 21.93 光聚合起始劑-I 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 光聚合起始劑-II 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 撥液劑-I (固形物成分換算) 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 0.00 界面活性劑-I (固形物成分換算) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.04 添加劑-I 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 添加劑-II 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 顏料含有比率 總固形物成分中之著色劑含有比率(質量%) 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 5.0 6.0 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率(質量%) 100 60 50 90 90 100 100 100 40 0 100 評價結果 PGMEA接觸角(°) 50 (A) 54 (A) 50 (A) 57 (A) 58 (A) 57 (A) 58 (A) 58 (A) 10 (B) 27 (B) 27 (B) 600 nm透過率(%) 2.1 (A) 7.2 (A) 10.9 (A) 1.9 (A) 1.6 (A) 1.0 (A) 0.5 (A) 1.7 (A) 14.2 (B) 49.6 (B) 1.8 (A) 450 nm透過率(%) 3.1 (A) 0.7 (A) 0.5 (A) 4.0 (A) 4.2 (A) 1.6 (A) 1.0 (A) 3.4 (A) 0.4 (A) 0.1 (A) 2.9 (A) [Table 2] Example Comparative example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 Composition 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 11 Mixing ratio (parts by weight) Pigment dispersion 1 (solid content conversion) 6.69 4.01 3.34 6.02 6.02 7.78 9.33 6.02 2.67 0.00 6.69 Pigment dispersion 2 (solid content conversion) 0.00 2.64 3.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.95 6.59 0.00 Pigment dispersion 3 (solid content conversion) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Pigment dispersion 4 (solid content conversion) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Pigment dispersion 5 (solid content conversion) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 Alkali-soluble resin-I (solid content conversion) 19.30 19.31 19.31 19.30 19.27 19.04 18.67 19.29 19.32 19.33 19.30 Alkali-soluble resin-II (solid content conversion) 19.30 19.31 19.31 19.30 19.27 19.04 18.67 19.29 19.32 19.33 19.30 Alkali-soluble resin-III (solid content conversion) 25.74 25.75 25.76 25.74 25.70 25.39 24.89 25.72 25.76 25.76 25.74 Photopolymerizable monomer 21.93 21.94 21.94 21.94 21.91 21.71 21.40 21.92 21.94 21.95 21.93 Photopolymerization initiator-I 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 Photopolymerization initiator-II 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Liquid repellent-I (solid content conversion) 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 1.04 0.00 Surfactant-I (solid content conversion) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.04 Additive-I 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Additive-II 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Pigment content ratio Colorant content ratio in total solid content (mass %) 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 5.0 6.0 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 Purple pigment content ratio in colorant (mass %) 100 60 50 90 90 100 100 100 40 0 100 Evaluation results PGMEA contact angle (°) 50(A) 54(A) 50(A) 57(A) 58(A) 57(A) 58(A) 58(A) 10(B) 27(B) 27(B) 600 nm transmittance (%) 2.1 (A) 7.2 (A) 10.9(A) 1.9(A) 1.6(A) 1.0(A) 0.5(A) 1.7(A) 14.2 (B) 49.6 (B) 1.8(A) 450 nm transmittance (%) 3.1 (A) 0.7(A) 0.5(A) 4.0(A) 4.2 (A) 1.6(A) 1.0(A) 3.4 (A) 0.4(A) 0.1(A) 2.9(A)

以下對性能評價之方法進行說明。The method of performance evaluation is explained below.

<PGMEA接觸角之測定> 使用旋轉器,以加熱硬化後成為10 μm之厚度之方式將感光性著色樹脂組合物塗佈於玻璃基板上。對該塗佈基板進行1分鐘真空乾燥,進而於加熱板上以100℃加熱乾燥120秒鐘。使用高壓水銀燈,以27 mJ/cm2 對所得之塗膜進行整面曝光。此時之波長365 nm下之光強度為100 mW/cm2 。繼而,以溶解有0.04質量%之KOH及0.07質量%之Emulgen A-60(花王公司製造之界面活性劑)之水溶液作為顯影液,於24℃下對該基板進行70秒鐘噴霧顯影後,利用純水洗淨27秒鐘。最後,將該基板於烘箱中以230℃加熱硬化30分鐘,獲得接觸角測定用基板。<Measurement of PGMEA contact angle> The photosensitive colored resin composition was applied to the glass substrate using a spinner so that it would become a thickness of 10 μm after heating and hardening. The coated substrate was vacuum dried for 1 minute, and further heated and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 120 seconds. Use a high-pressure mercury lamp to expose the entire surface of the coating film at 27 mJ/ cm2 . At this time, the light intensity at the wavelength of 365 nm is 100 mW/cm 2 . Next, an aqueous solution in which 0.04% by mass of KOH and 0.07% by mass of Emulgen A-60 (surfactant manufactured by Kao Corporation) was dissolved was used as a developer, and the substrate was spray developed at 24° C. for 70 seconds, and then used Rinse with pure water for 27 seconds. Finally, the substrate was heated and hardened in an oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate for contact angle measurement.

使用協和界面科學公司製造之Drop Master 500(接觸角測定裝置),測定於23℃、濕度50% RH之條件下滴加PGMEA 0.7 μL 1秒後之上述接觸角測定用基板之接觸角,按以下之基準評價撥墨水性。 將其結果示於表2。接觸角越大表示撥墨水性越高。Use the Drop Master 500 (contact angle measurement device) manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. to measure the contact angle of the above-mentioned contact angle measurement substrate after adding 0.7 μL of PGMEA dropwise for 1 second under conditions of 23°C and 50% RH, as follows. The benchmark evaluation of ink repellency. The results are shown in Table 2. The larger the contact angle, the higher the ink repellency.

(撥墨水性之評價基準) A:PGMEA接觸角為30°以上 B:PGMEA接觸角未達30°(Evaluation criteria for ink repellency) A: PGMEA contact angle is above 30° B: PGMEA contact angle does not reach 30°

<透過率測定> 使用旋轉器,以加熱硬化後成為10 μm之厚度之方式於玻璃基板上塗佈感光性著色樹脂組合物。對該塗佈基板進行1分鐘真空乾燥,進而於加熱板上以100℃加熱乾燥120秒鐘而獲得塗膜基板。繼而,使用高壓水銀燈,截斷330 nm以下之波長,以50 mJ/cm2 對所得之塗膜基板進行整面曝光。此時之波長365 nm下之光強度為45 mW/cm2 。繼而,於與接觸角測定用基板之製作時同樣之條件下對該基板進行顯影處理後,以純水洗淨10秒鐘。最後,將該基板於烘箱中以230℃加熱硬化30分鐘,獲得透過率測定用基板。<Measurement of transmittance> Using a spinner, the photosensitive colored resin composition was applied to the glass substrate so that the thickness would be 10 μm after heating and hardening. The coated substrate was vacuum dried for 1 minute, and further heated and dried at 100° C. for 120 seconds on a hot plate to obtain a coated substrate. Then, use a high-pressure mercury lamp to cut off wavelengths below 330 nm, and expose the entire surface of the coated substrate at 50 mJ/cm 2 . At this time, the light intensity at the wavelength of 365 nm is 45 mW/cm 2 . Then, the substrate was developed under the same conditions as when the substrate for contact angle measurement was produced, and then washed with pure water for 10 seconds. Finally, the substrate was heated and hardened in an oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate for transmittance measurement.

使用分光光度計(島津製作所公司製造之U-3100PC),以玻璃基板為參照而測定透過率測定用基板之分光透過率。 將450 nm、600 nm各自之波長下之透過率之測定結果與利用以下之基準進行評價之結果示於表2。透過率越低表示該波長之遮光性越高。Using a spectrophotometer (U-3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), the spectral transmittance of the transmittance measurement substrate was measured with the glass substrate as a reference. Table 2 shows the measurement results of the transmittance at each wavelength of 450 nm and 600 nm and the evaluation results based on the following standards. The lower the transmittance, the higher the light-shielding property of that wavelength.

(600 nm透過率之評價基準) A:未達13% B:13%以上 (450 nm透過率之評價基準) A:未達5% B:5%以上(Evaluation standard for transmittance at 600 nm) A: Less than 13% B: More than 13% (Evaluation standard for transmittance at 450 nm) A: Less than 5% B:More than 5%

<線寬評價> 使用旋轉器,以加熱硬化後成為10 μm之厚度之方式於玻璃基板上塗佈感光性著色樹脂組合物。對該塗佈基板進行1分鐘真空乾燥,進而於加熱板上以100℃加熱乾燥120秒鐘而獲得塗膜基板。繼而,使用光罩,藉由高壓水銀燈截斷330 nm以下之波長對所得之塗膜基板進行紫外線曝光。曝光量設為50 mJ/cm2 ,曝光間隙設為5 μm。此時之波長365 nm下之光強度為45 mW/cm2 。光罩使用具有開口寬度5~50 μm(5~20 μm:每隔1 μm、25~50 μm:每隔5 μm)且開口長度2 mm之各種寬度之線狀開口部之光罩。繼而,於與接觸角測定用基板之製作時同樣之條件下進行顯影處理後,以純水洗淨10秒鐘,於烘箱中以230℃加熱硬化30分鐘,製作假定有阻隔壁之線狀圖案基板。<Evaluation of Line Width> Using a spinner, the photosensitive colored resin composition was applied on the glass substrate so that it would have a thickness of 10 μm after heating and hardening. The coated substrate was vacuum dried for 1 minute, and then heated and dried at 100° C. for 120 seconds on a hot plate to obtain a coated substrate. Then, using a photomask, the obtained coated substrate was exposed to ultraviolet light by using a high-pressure mercury lamp to cut off wavelengths below 330 nm. The exposure amount was set to 50 mJ/cm 2 and the exposure gap was set to 5 μm. At this time, the light intensity at the wavelength of 365 nm is 45 mW/cm 2 . As the photomask, a photomask having linear openings of various widths with an opening width of 5 to 50 μm (5 to 20 μm: every 1 μm, 25 to 50 μm: every 5 μm) and an opening length of 2 mm is used. Then, it was developed under the same conditions as when producing the substrate for contact angle measurement, washed with pure water for 10 seconds, and heated and hardened in an oven at 230°C for 30 minutes to create a linear pattern assuming barrier ribs. substrate.

以4000倍對所得之線狀圖案基板之中與開口寬度為10 μm之線狀開口部所對應之線之無缺損或剝離之部分之剖面進行掃描電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察。測定線剖面之中與玻璃基板相接之部分之與玻璃基板表面平行之寬度作為下部線寬,利用以下之基準進行評價。 將其結果示於表3。下部線寬越大表示越硬化至線下部。又,測定線之剖面整體中與玻璃基板表面平行之寬度最大之部分之線寬作為最大線寬,利用以下之基準進行評價。將其結果示於表3。A scanning electron microscope (SEM) was used to observe the cross section of the portion of the obtained linear pattern substrate that was not defective or peeled corresponding to the linear opening with an opening width of 10 μm at 4000 times. The width of the portion of the line cross section that is in contact with the glass substrate and parallel to the surface of the glass substrate is measured as the lower line width, and evaluated based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 3. The larger the lower line width, the harder it is to harden to the lower part of the line. In addition, the line width of the portion with the largest width parallel to the surface of the glass substrate in the entire cross section of the line was measured as the maximum line width, and the following criteria were used for evaluation. The results are shown in Table 3.

(最大線寬之評價基準) A:未達12.6 μm B:12.6 μm以上(Evaluation criteria for maximum line width) A: Less than 12.6 μm B: 12.6 μm or more

(下部線寬之評價基準) A:9.8 μm以上 B:未達9.8 μm(Evaluation criteria for lower line width) A: 9.8 μm or more B: Less than 9.8 μm

<最小密接線寬評價> 利用光學顯微鏡對上述線狀圖案基板上之線整體(2 mm)進行觀察,將無缺損或剝離且密接於基板上之線之中,所對應之光罩之開口寬度最小者之該開口寬度設為最小密接線寬,利用以下之基準進行評價。將其結果示於表3。最小密接線寬越小表示密接性越高。<Evaluation of minimum dense line width> Use an optical microscope to observe the entire line (2 mm) on the linear pattern substrate. Set the opening width to the smallest opening width of the corresponding photomask if there is no defect or peeling and it is closely connected to the lines on the substrate. This is the minimum dense line width and is evaluated using the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 3. The smaller the minimum tight line width, the higher the tightness.

(最小密接線寬之評價基準) A:未達13 μm B:13 μm以上(Evaluation criteria for minimum dense line width) A: Less than 13 μm B: 13 μm or more

[表3]    實施例    比較例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 組合物 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 5 評價結果 最大線寬 (μm) 11.5 (A) 11.6 (A) 11.9 (A) 11.7 (A) 12.2 (A) 12.4 (A) 12.0 (A) 11.8 (A) 12.1 (A) 下部線寬 (μm) 11.0 (A) 10.6 (A) 10.5 (A) 11.1 (A) 11.5 (A) 11.6 (A) 10.4 (A) 11.6 (A) 9.6 (B) 最小密接線寬 (μm) 11 (A) 12 (A) 12 (A) 9 (A) 11 (A) 12 (A) 11 (A) 10 (A) 13 (B) [table 3] Example Comparative example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 Composition 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 5 Evaluation results Maximum line width (μm) 11.5 (A) 11.6 (A) 11.9 (A) 11.7 (A) 12.2 (A) 12.4 (A) 12.0(A) 11.8 (A) 12.1 (A) Lower line width (μm) 11.0(A) 10.6 (A) 10.5 (A) 11.1 (A) 11.5 (A) 11.6 (A) 10.4 (A) 11.6 (A) 9.6 (B) Minimum dense line width (μm) 11(A) 12(A) 12(A) 9(A) 11(A) 12(A) 11(A) 10(A) 13(B)

由表2之實施例1~8與比較例1~2之比較可明確,藉由提高著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率,可降低600 nm下之透過率,可充分地吸收自彩色濾光片之綠色像素發出之綠色光而抑制紅色像素之紅色發光性奈米結晶粒子之激發。 若如比較例1~2般著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率未達45質量%,則撥墨水性變得不充分。與此相對,藉由如實施例1~8般將紫色顏料含有比率設為45質量%以上,可使撥墨水性變得充分。認為其原因在於,紫色顏料於450~600 nm之波長範圍具有吸收帶,另一方面,較其短波長側之360~400 nm之波長範圍內之透過性較高,故而藉由提高總著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率,可使曝光時之硬化性變高,增多顯影後之膜表面所殘存之撥液劑。 於如比較例3般使用不具有交聯基之氟系界面活性劑代替撥液劑之情形時,撥墨水性變得不充分。認為其原因在於,由於不具有交聯基,故而顯影時界面活性劑溶出,顯影後之膜表面之界面活性劑之殘存量降低。From the comparison between Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 in Table 2, it is clear that by increasing the purple pigment content ratio in the colorant, the transmittance at 600 nm can be reduced and the color filter can fully absorb the light. The green light emitted by the green pixel inhibits the excitation of the red luminescent nanocrystalline particles of the red pixel. As in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, if the purple pigment content ratio in the colorant is less than 45% by mass, the ink repellency becomes insufficient. On the other hand, by setting the purple pigment content ratio to 45% by mass or more like Examples 1 to 8, the ink repellency can be made sufficient. The reason is thought to be that the purple pigment has an absorption band in the wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm. On the other hand, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 360 to 400 nm is higher than that on the shorter wavelength side. Therefore, by increasing the total colorant The content ratio of purple pigment in the film can increase the hardening property during exposure and increase the amount of liquid repellent remaining on the surface of the film after development. When a fluorine-based surfactant without a crosslinking group is used instead of the liquid repellent agent like Comparative Example 3, the ink repellency becomes insufficient. The reason is considered to be that since it does not have a cross-linking group, the surfactant is eluted during development, and the residual amount of the surfactant on the film surface after development is reduced.

又,由表2可明確,藉由提高著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率,可降低波長450 nm下之透過率,而可有效地遮住藍色光。如上所述,認為其原因在於,紫色顏料於450~600 nm之較廣之波長範圍具有吸收帶,故而藉由含有大量紫色顏料,不僅可有效地吸收波長600 nm之綠色光,亦可有效地吸收波長450 nm之藍色光。In addition, it is clear from Table 2 that by increasing the purple pigment content ratio in the colorant, the transmittance at a wavelength of 450 nm can be reduced, and blue light can be effectively blocked. As mentioned above, it is thought that the reason is that purple pigment has an absorption band in a wide wavelength range of 450 to 600 nm. Therefore, by containing a large amount of purple pigment, not only green light with a wavelength of 600 nm can be effectively absorbed, but also green light with a wavelength of 600 nm can be effectively absorbed. Absorbs blue light with a wavelength of 450 nm.

由表3可明確,最大線寬不取決於著色劑中之紫色顏料之含有比率而為同等,但另一方面,藉由如實施例1~8般將著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率設為45質量%以上,可減小最小密接線寬,能夠形成高精細之阻隔壁。認為藉由提高紫色顏料之含有比率,可提高圖案之內部硬化性、尤其是厚膜圖案之內部硬化性,對高精細之厚膜阻隔壁形成有利。As is clear from Table 3, the maximum line width is equal regardless of the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant. However, by setting the purple pigment content ratio in the colorant as in Examples 1 to 8, More than 45 mass% can reduce the minimum dense line width and form high-definition barrier walls. It is believed that by increasing the content ratio of the purple pigment, the internal hardenability of the pattern, especially the internal hardenability of the thick film pattern, can be improved, which is beneficial to the formation of high-definition thick film barrier ribs.

又,由表3可明確,藉由如實施例1~8般將著色劑中之紫色顏料含有比率設為45質量%以上,可抑制下部線寬變得過小。認為其原因在於,藉由提高紫色顏料之含有比率,可提高內部硬化性,可抑制於顯影處理時圖案下部過度溶解於顯影液。如上所述,於實施例1~8中,下部線寬充分變大,阻隔壁之垂直性亦良好。Moreover, as is clear from Table 3, by setting the purple pigment content ratio in the colorant to 45% by mass or more as in Examples 1 to 8, the lower line width can be suppressed from becoming too small. The reason is considered to be that by increasing the content ratio of the purple pigment, the internal hardenability can be improved and the lower part of the pattern can be suppressed from being excessively dissolved in the developer during the development process. As described above, in Examples 1 to 8, the lower line width is sufficiently large, and the verticality of the barrier ribs is also good.

1:綠色發光性之奈米結晶粒子 2:紅色發光性之奈米結晶粒子 10:基板 20:阻隔壁 30:紅色像素 40:綠色像素 50:藍色像素 100:彩色濾光片1: Green luminescent nanocrystalline particles 2: Red luminescent nanocrystalline particles 10:Substrate 20: Barrier wall 30: red pixels 40: Green pixels 50: blue pixels 100: Color filter

圖1係具備本發明之阻隔壁之彩色濾光片之一例之模式剖視圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of a color filter equipped with barrier ribs of the present invention.

Claims (7)

一種感光性著色樹脂組合物,其特徵在於:其係含有(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(B)光聚合起始劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)撥液劑、及(E)著色劑者,上述(A)乙烯性不飽和化合物含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,上述(B)光聚合起始劑含有茂金屬化合物、六芳基聯咪唑衍生物類、鹵甲基化
Figure 109118615-A0305-02-0156-1
二唑衍生物類、鹵甲基-均三
Figure 109118615-A0305-02-0156-2
衍生物類、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑、α-胺基苯烷酮衍生物類、肟酯系化合物之任一者,上述(C)鹼可溶性樹脂具有羧基或羥基,上述(D)撥液劑含有具有環氧基或乙烯性不飽和基作為交聯基之含有氟原子之樹脂,上述(E)著色劑含有紫色顏料,上述紫色顏料含有C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50之任一者,且上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為45質量%以上。
A photosensitive colored resin composition, characterized in that it contains (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) photopolymerization initiator, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) liquid repellent, and (E) ) colorant, the above-mentioned (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound contains a (meth)acrylate compound, and the above-mentioned (B) photopolymerization initiator contains a metallocene compound, hexaarylbimidazole derivatives, halogenated
Figure 109118615-A0305-02-0156-1
Oxidazole derivatives, halomethyl-trisine
Figure 109118615-A0305-02-0156-2
Derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, etc. Any of the base activators, α-aminophenanone derivatives, and oxime ester compounds, the above-mentioned (C) alkali-soluble resin has a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group, and the above-mentioned (D) liquid repellent agent contains an epoxy group or an ethylene group. A resin containing fluorine atoms with a sexually unsaturated group as a cross-linking group. The above-mentioned (E) colorant contains a purple pigment. The above-mentioned purple pigment contains CI pigment violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3: 3, 5, 5: any one of 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50, and the above (E) The content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant is 45% by mass or more.
如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(E)著色劑中之上述紫色顏料之含有比率為50質量%以上。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the content ratio of the purple pigment in the colorant (E) is 50% by mass or more. 如請求項1或2之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述紫色顏料為C.I.顏 料紫23及/或C.I.顏料紫29。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the purple pigment is a C.I. pigment Pigment Violet 23 and/or C.I. Pigment Violet 29. 如請求項1或2之感光性著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(E)著色劑之含有比率於感光性著色樹脂組合物之總固形物成分中為20質量%以下。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content ratio of the colorant (E) is 20 mass % or less in the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. 一種硬化物,其係使如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性著色樹脂組合物硬化而成。 A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種阻隔壁,其係由如請求項5之硬化物構成。 A barrier wall composed of the hardened material of claim 5. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具備如請求項6之阻隔壁。An image display device provided with a barrier wall as claimed in claim 6.
TW109118615A 2019-07-22 2020-06-03 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device TWI826695B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-134426 2019-07-22
JP2019134426 2019-07-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202104304A TW202104304A (en) 2021-02-01
TWI826695B true TWI826695B (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=74192895

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109118615A TWI826695B (en) 2019-07-22 2020-06-03 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6885518B1 (en)
KR (2) KR20230038602A (en)
CN (1) CN113993922A (en)
TW (1) TWI826695B (en)
WO (1) WO2021014759A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11969722B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2024-04-30 Ffi Ionix Ip, Inc. Anionic membranes incorporating functional additives
JPWO2022209771A1 (en) * 2021-03-31 2022-10-06
CN118511126A (en) * 2022-02-16 2024-08-16 东丽株式会社 Resin composition, light-shielding film, method for producing light-shielding film, substrate with partition wall, and display device
KR20240030380A (en) 2022-08-30 2024-03-07 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer using the same and color filter

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017038339A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing colored layer, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007058355A1 (en) * 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Fujifilm Corporation Photosensitive transfer material, partition wall and method for forming same, optical device and method for producing same, and display
JP2010164965A (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-29 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for forming color filter pixel, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display
JP5919698B2 (en) * 2010-11-08 2016-05-18 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter and display element
WO2013038974A1 (en) * 2011-09-14 2013-03-21 Fujifilm Corporation Colored radiation-sensitive composition for color filter, pattern forming method, color filter and method of producing the same, and solid-state image sensor
JP2012022337A (en) * 2011-10-03 2012-02-02 Fujifilm Corp Pixel barrier and method of manufacturing the same, color filter and method of manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display device
KR101921368B1 (en) 2011-11-11 2018-11-22 에이지씨 가부시키가이샤 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, black matrix, and optical element
JP2013249417A (en) * 2012-06-01 2013-12-12 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, polymerizable composition using same, light-blocking color filter, solid-state imaging element, liquid crystal display device, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit
JP6260581B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2018-01-17 ベーイプシロンカー−シェミー ゲーエムベーハーBYK−Chemie GmbH Colorant composition comprising a dispersant together with a water-soluble pigment affinity group
WO2016163986A1 (en) * 2015-04-06 2016-10-13 Halliburton Energy Services, Inc. Compliant slip assembly for securing well tools in a tubing string
JP6418248B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2018-11-07 東レ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element and display device comprising cured film, and method for producing the same
WO2017141723A1 (en) * 2016-02-19 2017-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and color filter
JP6992424B2 (en) 2017-11-10 2022-01-13 Dic株式会社 Ink composition, light conversion layer and color filter
CN111566561A (en) * 2018-01-26 2020-08-21 三菱化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device, and illumination

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017038339A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing colored layer, color filter, light blocking film, solid-state imaging element and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113993922A (en) 2022-01-28
JP7201019B2 (en) 2023-01-10
JPWO2021014759A1 (en) 2021-09-13
KR20220038589A (en) 2022-03-29
KR102511654B1 (en) 2023-03-17
KR20230038602A (en) 2023-03-20
WO2021014759A1 (en) 2021-01-28
JP2021120756A (en) 2021-08-19
TW202104304A (en) 2021-02-01
JP6885518B1 (en) 2021-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102562409B1 (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting
TWI826695B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured material, barrier rib and image display device
JP7435445B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions, cured products, image display devices and lighting
KR102319573B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, barrier rib, organic electroluminescent device, color filter and image display device
JP2021124704A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, partition wall and image display device
JP7443713B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, and image display device
WO2023153311A1 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, color filter, and image display apparatus
WO2022264909A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, color filter, image display apparatus, and cured product forming method
WO2023249070A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and method for forming same, partition wall, and image display apparatus
WO2024143067A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, color filter, image display apparatus, and cured product forming method
TW202437010A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, barrier rib, organic electroluminescent element, color filter, image display device, and method for forming cured product
KR20240144187A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition, organic electroluminescent element, color filter and image display device
TW202248255A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, partition, and image display device
JP2022114818A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product, bank, and image display